vinidex pe pipe manual

Transcription

VINIDEX
PE PIPE MANUAL
01 Introduction...................................................... page 2
02 Materials ........................................................... page 9
03 Explanation of
PE80B (MDPE),
PE80C (HDPE)
PE100 (HDPE) - What we base our sizing on
and standards for PE pipe (AS 4130)........ page 11
04 Application ..................................................... page 37
05 Design.............................................................. page 44
Pipe Dimensions.......................................... page 47
Temperature Rating Tables....................... page 52
Flow Charts................................... starting page 60
Flow Chart for PE100 SDR 13.6 PN 12.5.. page 66
06 Installation...................................................... page 86
07 Jointing ......................................................... page 102
08 Product Data................................................. page 110
PE100 SDR 21 PN 8............................. page 118
PE100 SDR 17 PN 10........................... page 119
PE100 SDR 13.6 PN 12.5........................ page 119
PE100 SDR 11 PN 16.............................. page 119
NB. Ctrl-Shift-N to move to a page number in Acrobat.
Most common reference pages are underlined.
introduction
contents
Vinidex the Company
3
Quality Policy
3
Product Background
4
Worldwide Use
4
Australian Use
4
Pipe Extrusion
5
Fittings
6
End Treatments
6
Product Standards
7
Relevant Australian Standards
7
PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems
Introduction.1
introduction
Limitation of Liability
This manual has been compiled by Vinidex Pty
Limited (“the Company”) to promote better
understanding of the technical aspects of the
Company’s products to assist users in obtaining
from them the best possible performance.
The manual is supplied subject to
acknowledgement of the following conditions:
• The manual is protected by Copyright and may
not be copied or reproduced in any form or by
any means in whole or in part without prior
consent in writing by the Company.
• Product specifications, usage data and advisory
information may change from time to time with
advances in research and field experience. The
Company reserves the right to make such
changes at any time without notice.
• Correct usage of the Company’s products
involves engineering judgements which cannot
be properly made without full knowledge of all
the conditions pertaining to each specific
installation. The Company expressly disclaims
all and any liability to any person whether
supplied with this publication or not in respect
of anything and of the consequences of anything
done or omitted to be done by any such person
in reliance whether whole or partial upon the
whole or any part of the contents of this
publication.
• No offer to trade, nor any conditions of trading,
are expressed or implied by the issue of content
of this manual. Nothing herein shall override the
Company’s Conditions of Sale, which may be
obtained from the Registered Office or any Sales
Office of the Company.
• This manual is and shall remain the property of
the Company, and shall be surrendered on
demand to the Company.
• Information supplied in this manual does not
override a job specification, where such conflict
arises, consult the authority supervising the job.
© Copyright Vinidex Pty Limited
ABN 42 000 664 942
Introduction.2
introduction
Vinidex
the Company
Vinidex Pty Limited is Australia’s leading
manufacturer of thermoplastic pipe and
fittings systems.
Vinidex manufactures and distributes
plastic piping systems used in the
transportation of fluids, energy and data
for infrastructure development,
agriculture, mining and building.
From its modest beginnings in Sydney in
1960, the company has experienced
dynamic growth. The company now has
factories and distribution centres located
in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane,
Townsville, Launceston, Perth, Adelaide,
Darwin and Mildura and a significant
presence in the Asia-Pacific Rim, with
operations in China and Hong Kong.
The first 15 years saw Vinidex establish
technical and market leadership in the
manufacture and supply of PVC piping
systems. Regular evaluations of market
trends, customer requirements and
overseas developments provided the
insight into the potential for polyethylene
pipe, particularly in the rural and mining
industries. Strategic company
acquisitions from 1988 to 1990 brought
technical expertise and the capacity to
manufacture polyethylene pipes to
1 metre diameter.
The 1990s saw a consolidation of
Vinidex’s position as a leading supplier
of pipeline systems. This was largely due
to the performance and acceptance of
PVC and polyethylene pipes for a wide
variety of uses enabling the company to
successfully challenge other piping
materials such as metals, earthenware,
concrete and fibre cement.
Vinidex pipe and fitting systems are used
in a broad cross-section of markets in
fields which include:
•
Mining and industrial
•
Water, wastewater and drainage
•
Irrigation
•
Plumbing
•
Gas
•
Communications
•
Electrical
•
Power
Quality Policy
“Vinidex manufactures and
distributes plastic piping systems
used in the transportation of fluids,
energy and data for infrastructure
development, agriculture, mining and
building.
Vinidex is committed to ensuring its
products and services always meet
its customer’s expectations and
needs, and when relevant always
conform to Australian and
International Standards.
Vinidex will maintain strong trading
partnerships with its customers and
suppliers and help them meet future
needs in order to develop common
business.
Vinidex is committed to ISO 9000
Quality Management Systems and
continuous improvement throughout
the company.”
Introduction.3
introduction
Product
Background
Worldwide Use
potable water and natural gas
reticulation by gas and water utilities
throughout Australia.
Polyethylene (PE) materials were
initially introduced in the UK in 1933
and have progressively been used in
the pipeline industry since the late
1930s.
Subsequent developments at Standards
Australia resulted in the progressive
development of Standard Specifications
for PE compounds, PE gas pipes, PE
fittings, irrigation systems, drainage,
sewer and PE pipeline system
installation guidelines.
The physical properties of the PE
materials have been continually
upgraded with improvements in
crack propagation resistance,
increased hydrostatic pressure
resistance, ductility and elevated
temperature resistance resulting
from developments in the methods
of polymerisation. These
developments have resulted in
increased applications of PE in the
pipeline industry in such areas as
gas reticulation, water supply,
mining slurries, irrigation, sewer
and general industrial applications.
The engineering application basis
for the use of PE pipes in Europe was
provided by the German Standard DIN
8074 developed in 1960, and in the UK
by the British Standards Institution BS
3284 for cold water service applications
developed in 1967. Progressive
developments have followed European
standards throughout Europe, North
America and Asia, with the development
of International Standards Organisation
and National Specifications.
The well recognised attributes of high
impact resistance, ease of installation,
flexibility, smooth hydraulic flow
characteristics, high abrasion resistance,
Introduction.4
Recently, significant PE polymer
developments have led to review of
these specifications, culminating in the
publication of the 1997 PE Standards
AS/NZS 4130 PE Pipes and AS/NZS
4131 PE Compounds.
These Standards have introduced the
latest International developments and
terminologies, and also provided
uniform specifications throughout
Australasia.
and excellent chemical reagent
resistance have resulted in PE pipeline
systems being routinely specified and
used in a wide range of applications in
pipe sizes up to 1600 mm diameter.
Australian Use
PE pipe extrusion commenced in
Australia in the mid 1950s where small
diameter pipes were used in irrigation,
rural and industrial applications.
The Australian Standards for PE pressure
pipes were initially developed as ASK119
in 1962, and progressively improved and
metricated as AS1159 PE Pipes for
Pressure Applications in 1972 to include
1000mm diameter. These specifications
provided the engineering basis for the
approval and use of PE as approved
pipeline materials in such applications as
Polymer developments have resulted in
PE80B materials, which have improved
ductility and thermal stability, plus
PE100 materials for use in large
diameter and high pressure applications
for gas and water distribution.
Large diameter PE pipelines have now
become the preferred solution in many
applications where the unique properties
of PE provides the most cost effective
solution.
Vinidex provide Australia wide
manufacturing and supply services for
PE pipeline systems in a wide range of
end use applications for pipes up to
1000 mm diameter.
introduction
Pipe Extrusion
Vinidex PE pipes are extruded using
sophisticated, highly controlled
manufacturing processes and
technologies.
The PE raw materials used in extrusion
are compounded into pelletised form
containing precise amounts of polymer,
lubricants, stabilisers, antioxidants and
pigments for the specific end product
application.
The PE compound (1) is preheated to
remove moisture and volatiles and is
conveyed into the extruder by a
controlled rate feeder (2).
retention of the physical properties of the
PE materials.
with the speed of the extruder output
using closed loop process controllers, to
minimise built in stress in the pipe.
Once the molten PE pipe form leaves the
die, it enters the sizing system (5), where
it is initially cooled to the required
dimensions. This is performed using an
external vacuum pressure system where
the pipe surfaces are cooled with
refrigerated water sprays whilst in
contact with precision machined sizing
sleeves. The initially cooled pipe is then
progressively passed through a series of
water spray cooling tanks (6) to reduce
the PE material to ambient temperature,
and to finalise the pipe dimensions.
The pipe information of size, material,
class, and batch data required by
Australian Standards, or by specific
client specification, is then marked on
the pipe by an in-line printer (8) to
provide continuous branding at specified
intervals.
The completed pipe is then cut to
standard or required length by an in-line
saw (9), and then packed into stillages,
or for large diameter pipes stored (10).
Small diameter pipes are either cut to
standard length, or coiled (11), and the
finished coils are strapped in standard
coil sizes.
The extruder (3), consists of a single
screw configuration which melts and
conveys the PE material along the length
of the extruder barrel. The design of the
extruder barrel/screw is complex and
takes into account the properties of the
various types of PE material grades used
As the pipe passes along the extrusion
line, it is pulled along at a constant speed
using a caterpillar track haul off (7). This
haul off speed is closely co-ordinated
in pipe applications. Various zones exist
along the length of the screw and act to
melt, mix, de-gas and compress the PE
compound. External electrical heater
bands along the barrel, together with the
frictional heat generated as the PE
material passes through the gaps
between barrel and screw provide the
energy needed to fully melt the PE
compound materials. The total heat input
is carefully controlled to ensure full
melting of the PE without thermal
degradation.
1
2
Raw Material
Batching
After passing through a mixing zone at
the tip of the extruder, the PE melt then
feeds into a head and die combination
(4), where the melt is formed into the
size of pipe required. The correct design
of the head and die is essential to permit
the production of pipe to Australian
Standards requirements and to ensure
Figure 1.1 Typical Pipe Extrusion Line
3
Extruder
4
5
6
7
Head & Die
Sizing
Cooling
Haul Off
8
Print Station
9
Saw
10
11
Storage/Coiling
12
Dispatch
Introduction.5
introduction
Fittings
Fittings used with Vinidex PE pipe
systems depend on the diameter and the
end use application of the pipes. Small
diameter pipes may use compression
jointing systems made from metal or
plastics materials, socket fusion or
electrofusion systems made from PE
materials.
Large diameter fittings are injection
moulded or fabricated from PE pipe and
joined to the pipe by butt welding and
electrofusion.
Details of the specific Vinidex fitting
systems are contained in the Product
Data section.
End Treatments
Vinidex PE pipes are supplied in a
number of alternative end treatment
configurations.
Small diameter pipes are supplied with
plain ends to allow jointing by butt
welding, socket fusion, electrofusion, or
compression fittings.
Large diameter pipes are supplied with
plain ends to allow jointing by
electrofusion, butt welding, or
mechanical couplings. Alternatively,
flanges can be welded on to the ends of
the pipes under factory conditions.
Introduction.6
introduction
The quality assurance schemes adopted
by Vinidex have been accepted by
appropriate government purchasing
authorities and have led to Vinidex being
regarded as a preferred supplier.
This commitment to total quality
management is further evidenced by
accreditation under the Supplier
Assessment Scheme as a Quality
Endorsed Company to AS 3902/
ISO 9002.
Relevant Australian
Standards
AS 1460-1989
Fittings for use with polyethylene pipes
Part 1: Mechanical Jointing Fittings
Part 2: Electrofusion Fittings
AS 2033-1980
Product Standards
The raw materials used in Vinidex PE
pipeline systems are required to meet
stringent specifications and supplies are
made against the latest Australian and
International Standards.
The production of PE pipe within Vinidex
factories is subject to detailed process
control procedures, continuously
monitored by trained staff.
Finished goods are inspected and tested
to ensure compliance with the relevant
Australian or International Standard for
the particular field application. The
monitoring and recording system used
allows for full tracing of production.
Installation of Polyethylene Pipe Systems
AS/NZS 2566.1-1998
Buried Flexible Pipelines
AS/NZS 2698-1984
Plastics Pipes and Fittings for Irrigation
and Rural Applications
Part 1: Polyethylene Micro-Irrigation
Pipe
Part 2: Polyethylene Rural Pipe
Part 3: Mechanical joint fittings for
use with micro-irrigation pipes
AS 3723-1989
Installation and maintenance of plastics
pipe systems for gas
AS/NZS 4129(Int)-1997
Fittings for polyethylene (PE) pipes for
pressure applications
AS/NZS 4130-1997
Polyethylene pipes for pressure
applications
AS/NZS 4131-1997
Polyethylene compounds for pipes and
fittings applications
Introduction.7
m a t e r i a l s
contents
Polyethylene as a Material
3
Low Density PE
3
Linear Low Density PE
3
Medium Density PE
3
High Density PE
3
Properties of PE
4
Stress Regression Curves
5
Material Classification and Stress Regression
5
5
Hydrostatic Design Stress
Chemical Resistance Classification
6
Introduction
6
Important Information
6
Classes of Chemical Resistance
6
Abbreviations
6
Chemical Attack on Thermoplastics & Elastomers
Factors Affecting Chemical Resistance
7
7
Chemical Resistance of Polyethylene
7
General Effect of Chemicals on Polyethylene Pipe
7
Chemical Resistance of Joints
General Guide for Chemical Resistance of Various Elastomers (Rubber Rings)
Chemical Resistance Tables
Material Performance Aspects
8
8
9-25
26
Abrasion Resistance
26
Weathering
27
Permeation
27
Food Contact Applications
27
Biological Resistance
27
Materials.1
m a t e r i a l s
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Materials.2
PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems
m a t e r i a l s
Polyethylene as
a Material
Polyethylene materials are manufactured
from natural gas derived feedstocks by
two basic polymerisation processes.
The low pressure polymerisation process
results in linear polymer chains with
short side branches. Density
modifications to the resultant polymer
are made by varying the amount of
comonomer used with the ethylene
during the polymerisation process.
The high pressure polymerisation
process results in polymer chains with
more highly developed side branches.
Density modifications to the resultant
polymer are made by varying the
temperatures and pressures used during
the polymerisation process.
The physical properties of PE materials
are specific to each grade or type, and
can be modified by both variations in
density, and in the molecular weight
distribution. General physical properties
are listed in Table 2.1.
A large number of grades of PE materials
are used in pipe and fittings systems and
the specific properties are tailored for the
particular application. Advice can be
obtained from Vinidex as to the most
effective choice for each installation.
The most general types of PE materials
are as follows:
Low Density PE (LDPE)
LDPE has a highly branched chain
structure with a combination of small
and large side chains.
The density of LDPE ranges between
910-940 kg/m3 and LDPE exhibits high
flexibility and retention of properties at
low temperatures.
The main use for LDPE in piping is in the
micro irrigation or dripper tube
applications with sizes up to 32 mm
diameter.
LDPE materials may be modified with
elastomers (rubber modified) to improve
Environmental Stress Crack Resistance
(ESCR) values in micro irrigation
applications where pipes operate in
exposed environments whilst carrying
agricultural chemicals.
Linear Low Density PE
(LLDPE)
LLDPE has a chain structure with little
side branching and the resultant
narrower molecular weight distribution
results in improved ESCR and tensile
properties when compared to LDPE
materials.
LLDPE materials may be used either as a
single polymer or as a blend with LDPE,
in micro irrigation applications to take
advantage of the material flexibility.
Medium Density PE
(MDPE)
MDPE base resin is manufactured using
a low pressure polymerisation process,
and the limited side branch chain
structure results in a material density
range of 930-940 kg/m3.
MDPE materials qualify as PE63 and
PE80B in accordance with AS/NZS 4131.
MDPE materials provide improved pipe
properties when compared to the earlier
high density materials used in pipes.
These properties include life, flexibility,
ductility, slow crack growth resistance
and crack propagation resistance.
These properties of the MDPE materials
are utilised in gas reticulation, small
diameter pipe coils, travelling irrigator
coils and water reticulation applications.
High Density PE (HDPE)
HDPE base resins are manufactured by a
low pressure process, resulting in a
chain structure with small side branches
and a material density range of
930-960 kg/m3.
HDPE materials qualify as PE80C and
PE100 in accordance with AS/NZS 4131.
HDPE materials are widely used in both
pressure and non pressure applications
such as water supply, liners, drains,
outfalls, and sewers in pipe sizes up to
1000 mm diameter. The increased
stiffness of HDPE is used to advantage in
such applications as electrical and
communications conduits, sub-soil
drainage, sewer and stormwater.
Materials.3
m a t e r i a l s
Table 2.1 Properties of Polyethylene
Typical values of the most commonly used properties
Property
Test Method
PE80B
PE80C
PE100
ISO1183D, ISO1872-2B
950
960
960
Tensile Yield Strength MPa
ISO527
20
21
23
Elongation at Yield %
ISO527
10
8
8
Tensile Break Strength MPa
ISO527
27
33
37
Elongation at Break %
ISO527
> 800
> 600
> 600
Tensile Modulus MPa Short term
ref. AS/NZS 2566
700
750
950
Long term
ref. AS/NZS 2566
200
210
260
DIN 53505
59
60
64
ISO179/1 e A
35
24
26
ISO1133
0.7 - 1.0
0.4 - 0.5
0.3 - 0.5
Thermal Expansion x 10-4/C
DIN 53752
2.4
1.8
2.4
Thermal Conductivity W/m.k (20°C)
DIN 52612
0.43
0.43
0.40
Crystalline Melt Point °C
DIN 53736
125
130
132
Dielectric Strength kV/mm
DIN 53481
70
53
53
Surface Resistivity Ohm
DIN 53482
> 1015
> 1015
> 1015
Volume Resistivity Ohm.cm
DIN 53482
> 1015
> 1015
> 1015
.4
.4
.4
Density kg/m3
Hardness Shore D
Notched Impact Strength kJ/m2 (23°C)
Melt Flow Rate 190/5, g/10min
Poissons Ratio µ
Materials.4
m a t e r i a l s
Stress Regression
Curves
To design a pipe with the required
thickness for a given pressure and
diameter, for example, the following
formula applies:
Figure 2.1 Typical Stress Regression Curves
MPa
20
15
10
σ = MRS/C
where
σ = wall tension, dimension stress
Hoop Stress
σ = p(D-e)/2e
20°C
5
4
80°C
MRS= Minimum Required Strength
3
C = safety factor, typically 1.25 for
water
2
p = internal pipe pressure
D = external pipe diameter
e = pipe thickness
Material
Classification and
Stress Regression
1
0.10
1.0
10
PE 100
PE 80B
PE 80C
102
103
104
1 month
1 year
105
106 hours
10 years 50 years
Time to Failure
The allowable hydrostatic design stress
is based on the Minimum Required
Strength (MRS) which is in turn obtained
from stress regression curves.
Stress regression curves are developed
from short and long term pressure
testing of pipe specimens.
As there is a linear relationship between
the logarithm of the applied stress and
the logarithm of time to failure, the test
points are plotted and extrapolated to an
arbitrarily chosen 50 year point.
In some cases, especially at higher
temperatures, there is a sudden change
in slope of the regression curve, known
as the ‘knee’. The knee, as illustrated in
Figure 2.1 represents the transition from
ductile failure mode to brittle failure
mode.
The value of the predicted hoop stress
(97.5% lower confidence limit) at the 50
year point, is used to determine the MRS
of the material, i.e. 6.3, 8.0 or 10.0 MPa.
The relationship between the curves for
different test temperatures enables
prediction of the position of the knee at
20°C, based on a known position at
elevated temperature – see Figure 2.1.
This in turn enables prediction of ductile
life at 20°C.
It is emphasised that stress regression
curves form a design basis only, and do
not predict system life.
The hydrostatic design stress is obtained
by application of a factor, not less than
1.25, to the MRS value.
Materials.5
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Resistance
Classification
Introduction
The following section tabulates the
classes of chemical resistance of
thermoplastic and elastomeric materials
most commonly used in pipe and fittings
systems for the conveyance of liquids
and gases.
It is generally known that pipes and
fittings in thermoplastic material are
widely used in industries where
conveyance of highly corrosive liquids
and gases requires high-quality
construction materials, featuring
excellent corrosion resistance.
Stainless steel, coated steel, glass and
ceramic materials can often be
advantageously replaced by
thermoplastic materials, ensuring safety,
reliability and economic benefits under
similar operating conditions.
Important Information
The listed data are based on results of
immersion tests on specimens, in the
absence of any applied stress. In certain
circumstances, where the preliminary
classification indicates high or limited
resistance, it may be necessary to
conduct further tests to assess the
behaviour of pipes and fittings under
internal pressure or other stresses.
Variations in the analysis of the chemical
compounds as well as in the operating
conditions (pressure and temperature)
can significantly modify the actual
chemical resistance of the materials in
comparison with this chart’s indicated
value.
Materials.6
It should be stressed that these ratings
are intended only as a guide to be used
for initial information on the material to
be selected. They may not cover the
particular application under
consideration and the effects of altered
temperatures or concentrations may
need to be evaluated by testing under
specific conditions. No guarantee can be
given in respect of the listed data.
Vinidex reserves the right to make any
modification whatsoever, based upon
further research and experiences.
Three Different Classes of
Chemical Resistance are
Conventionally Used in
this Guide.
Abbreviations
Code Denomination
uPVC unplasticized polyvinyl chloride
PE
polyethylene PE63 PE80 PE100
PP
polypropylene
PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride
PVC-C chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
NBR
butadiene-acrylnitrile rubber
EPM
ethylene-propylene copolymer
FPM
vinylidene fluoride copolymer
Notes
nd
undefined concentration
deb
weak concentration
Class 1: High Resistance
comm commercial solution
(Corrosion proof)
dil
diluted solution
All materials belonging to this class are
completely or almost completely
corrosion proof against the conveyed
fluid according to the specified operating
conditions.
Class 2: Limited Resistance
The materials belonging to this class are
partially attacked by the conveyed
chemical compound. The average life of
the material is therefore shorter, and it is
advisable to use a higher safety factor
than the one adopted for Class 1
materials.
Class 3: No Resistance
All materials belonging to this class are
subject to corrosion by the conveyed
fluid and they should therefore not be
used.
The absence of any class indication
means that no data is available
concerning the chemical resistance of
the material in respect of the conveyed
fluid.
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical Attack on
Thermoplastics &
Elastomers
Chemicals that attack polymers do so at
differing rates and in differing ways.
There are two general types of chemical
attack on polymer:
1. Swelling of the polymer occurs but
the polymer returns to its original
condition if the chemical is removed.
However, if the polymer has a
compounding ingredient that is
soluble in the chemical, the
properties of the polymer may be
changed because of the removal of
this ingredient and the chemical itself
will be contaminated.
2 The base resin or polymer molecules
are changed by crosslinking,
oxidation, substitution reactions or
chain scission. In these situations the
polymer cannot be restored by the
removal of the chemical. Examples of
this type of attack on PVC are aqua
regia at 20O°C and wet chlorine gas.
Factors Affecting
Chemical Resistance
A number of factors can affect the rate
and type of chemical attack that may
occur. These are:
Concentration:
In general, the rate of attack increases
with concentration, but in many cases
there are threshold levels below which
no significant chemical effect will be
noted.
Temperature:
As with all processes, rate of attack
increases as temperature rises. Again,
threshold temperatures may exist.
Period of Contact:
In many cases rates of attack are slow
and of significance only with sustained
contact.
Stress:
Some polymers under stress can
undergo higher rates of attack. In general
PVC is considered relatively insensitive
to “stress corrosion”.
Chemical
Resistance Of
Polyethylene
The outstanding resistance of Vinidex
polyethylene systems to a variety of
chemical reagents, allows their use in a
wide range of chemical processes.
Chemical resistance of polyethylene is
due to the non polar or paraffinic nature
of the material and is a function of
reagent concentration and temperature.
Some attack may occur under specific
conditions however, use of Vinidex
polyethylene systems provides a cost
effective solution when the behaviour of
polyethylene is compared to that of
alternative materials.
Where rubber modified LDPE blends are
used for improved ESCR properties in
irrigation applications, the effect of
speciality chemicals may require
evaluation eg. micro-irrigation tube/
dripper tube.
General Effect of
Chemicals on
Polyethylene Pipe:
Resistant:
Water, solutions of inorganic salts, weak
acids, strong organic acids, strong
alkaline solutions, aliphatic
hydrocarbons.
Has adequate resistance:
Strong acids, hydrofluoric acids, fats and
oils.
Has limited resistance:
Lower alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers,
aromatic hydrocarbons, mineral oil.
In most cases non-resistant:
Light naphtha, fuel mixture.
Completely non-resistant:
Unsaturated chlorinated hydrocarbons,
turpentine.
Materials.7
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Resistance of Joints
Table 2.2 General Guide for Chemical Resistance of
Various Elastomers (Rubber Rings)
Fusion Joints (PE)
Fusion joints include those made by butt
fusion, electrofusion and socket fusion
and these types will have the same
chemical resistance as listed for PE.
Material &
Designation
Generally
resistant to
Generally
not resistant to
Natural
Rubber
NR
Most Moderate
Chemicals Wet or Dry,
Organic Acids, Alcohols,
Ketones, Aldehydes
Ozone, Strong
Acids, Fats, Oils,
Greases, Most
Hydrocarbons
Styrene
Butadiene
Rubber
SBR
As for
Natural Rubber
As for
Natural Rubber
Polychloropene
(Neoprene)
CR
Moderate Chemicals
& Acids, Ozone, Fats,
Greases, Many Oils
and Solvents
Strong Oxidising
Acids, Esters,
Ketones,
Chlorinated,
Aromatic and
Nitro Hydrocarbons
Ethylene
Propylene
Diene
Monomer
EPDM
Animal & Vegetable
Oils, Ozone,
Strong & Oxidising
Chemicals
Mineral Oils
& Solvents,
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
Nitrile
Rubber
NBR
Many Hydrocarbons,
Fats, Oils, Greases,
Hydraulic Fluids,
Chemicals
Ozone, Ketones,
Esters, Aldehydes,
Chlorinated &
Nitro Hydrocarbons
Rubber Ring Joints (Elastomers)
Chemical resistance of Rubber Ring
Joints may be assessed by reference to
the accompanying Table 2.2 General
Guide for Chemical Resistance of
Various Elastomers as well as the pipe
material guide.
Other Fittings
PE pipe systems often employ fittings
and accessories manufactured from
materials dissimilar to the pipe material,
such as brass, aluminium, iron and
polypropylene. In such cases, the
designer should refer to the appropriate
manufacturer for advice on the chemical
resistance of these materials.
Source: Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association - Handbook of PVC Pipe 1982
Note:
The chemical performance of elastomers
is influenced by a number of factors
including:
•
temperature of service
•
conditions of service
•
grade of polymer
•
the compound specified
Contact the Vinidex technical department
for further information, if required.
Materials.8
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
ACETALDEHYDE
CH3CHO
Conc. (%) Temp. (°C)
100
25
60
100
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
40
25
60
100
ACETIC ACID
CH3COOH
≤25
25
60
100
30
25
60
100
60
25
60
100
80
25
60
100
- GLACIAL
100
25
60
100
100
25
ACETIC ANHYDRIDE (CH3CO)2O
60
100
ACETONE
CH3COCH3
10
25
60
100
100
25
60
100
ACETOPHENONE
CH3COC6H5
nd
25
60
100
ACRYLONITRILE
CH2CHCN
technically pure 25
60
100
ADIPIC ACID
(CH2CH2CO2H)2
sat.
25
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
60
100
ALLYL ALCOHOL
CH2CHCH2OH
96
25
60
100
ALUM
AI2(SO4)3.K2SO4.nH2O
dil
25
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
60
100
AI2(SO4)3.K2SO4.nH2O
sat
25
60
100
ALUMINIUM
AICI3
all
25
- CHLORIDE
60
100
- FLUORIDE
AIF3
100
25
60
100
- HYDROXIDE
AI(OH4)3
all
25
60
100
- NITRATE
AI(NO2)3
nd
25
60
100
- SULPHATE
AI(SO4)3
deb
25
60
100
sat
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
3
3
1
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
3
1
2
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
1
3
2
1
2
2
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Class 1: High Resistance Class 2: Limited Resistance Class 3: No Resistance. Refer page 2.5 for explanation of classes
Materials.9
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
AMMONIA
NH3
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
deb
sat
- DRY GAS
100
- LIQUID
100
AMMONIUM
- ACETATE
CH3COONH4
- CARBONATE
(NH4)2CO3
all
- CHLORIDE
NH4CI
sat
- FLUORIDE
NH4F
25
- HYDROXIDE
NH4OH
28
- NITRATE
NH4NO3
sat
sat
- PHOSPHATE DIBASIC NH4(HPO4)2
all
- PHOSPHATE META
(NH4)4P4O12
all
- PHOSPHATE TRI
(NH4)2HPO4
all
- PERSULPHATE
(NH4)2S2O8
all
- SULPHIDE
(NH4)2S
deb
sat
- SULPHYDRATE
NH4OHSO4
dil
sat
AMYLACETATE
CH3CO2CH2(CH2)3CH3
100
AMYLALCOHOL
CH3(CH2)3CH2OH
nd
ANILINE
C6H5NH2
all
- CHLORHYDRATE
C6H5NH2HCI
nd
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
EPM
FPM
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NBR
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Materials.10
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
ANTIMONY
- TRICHLORIDE
SbCI3
ANTHRAQUINONE
SULPHONIC ACID
AQUA REGIA
HC+HNO3
ARSENIC ACID
H3AsO4
BARIUM
- CARBONATE
BaCO3
- CHLORIDE
BaCl2
- HYDROXIDE
Ba(OH)2
- SULPHATE
BaSO4
- SULPHIDE
BaS
BEER
BENZALDEHYDE
C6H5CHO
BENZENE
C6H6
- + LIGROIN
- MONOCHLORINE
C6H5Cl
BENZOIC ACID
C6H5COOH
BENZYL ALCOHOL
C6H5CH2OH
BLEACHING LYE
NaOCl+NaCl
BORIC ACID
H3BO3
BRINE
BROMIC ACID
HBrO3
100
25
60
100
suspension
25
60
100
100
25
60
100
deb
25
60
100
80
25
60
100
all
25
60
100
10
25
60
100
all
25
60
100
nb
25
60
100
sat
25
60
100
comm
25
60
100
nd
25
60
100
100
25
60
100
20/80
25
60
100
technically pure 25
60
100
sat
25
60
100
100
25
60
100
12.50%
25
Cl
60
100
deb
25
60
100
sat
25
60
100
comm
25
60
100
10
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
1
1
1
1
1
1
PVDF
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
EPM
FPM
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
3
NBR
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PVC/C
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.11
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
BROMINE
- LIQUID
Br2
100
- VAPOURS
BUTADIENE
BUTANEDIOL
AQUEOUS
low
C4H6
100
CH3CH2CHOHCH2OH
10
concentrated
BUTANE
GAS
C4H10
10
BUTYL
- ACETATE
CH3CO2CH2CH2CH2CH3
100
- ALCOHOL
C4H9OH
- PHENOL
C4H9C6H4OH
100
C4H6(OH)2
100
BUTYLENE GLYCOL
BUTYRIC ACID
C2H5CH2COOH
20
concentrated
CALCIUM
- BISULPHITE
Ca(HSO3)2
nd
- CARBONATE
CaCO3
all
- CHLORATE
CaHCl
nd
- CHLORIDE
CaCl2
all
- HYDROXIDE
Ca(OH)2
all
- HYPOCHLORITE
Ca(OCl)2
sat
- NITRATE
Ca(NO3)2
50
- SULPHATE
CaSO4
nd
- SULPHIDE
CaS
sat
CAMPHOR OIL
nd
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
3
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.12
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
CARBON
CO2
- DIOXIDE
AQUEOUS SOLUTION
- GAS
100
- DISULPHIDE
CS2
100
- MONOXIDE
CO
100
- TETRACHLORIDE
CCl4
100
CARBONIC ACID
H2CO3
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
sat
- DRY
100
- WET
all
CARBON OIL
comm
CHLORAMINE
dil
CHLORIC ACID
HClO3
20
CHLORINE
Cl2
sat
- DRY GAS
10
100
5g/m3
- WET GAS
10 g/m3
66 g/m3
- LIQUID
100
CHLOROACETIC ACID ClCH2COH
85
100
CHLOROBENZENE
C6H5Cl
all
CHLOROFORM
CHCl3
all
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
3
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
1
3
2
2
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
1
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
Materials.13
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
CHLOROSULPHONIC
ACID
ClHSO3
100
CHROME ALUM
KCr(SO4)2
nd
CHROMIC ACID
CrO3+H2O
10
30
50
CHROMIC SOLUTION
CrO3+H2O+H2SO4
50/35/15
CITRIC ACID
AQ. SOL. min
C3H4(OH)(CO2H)3
50
COPPER
- CHLORIDE
CuCl2
sat
- CYANIDE
CuCN2
all
- FLUORIDE
CuF2
all
- NITRATE
Cu(NO3)2
nd
- SULPHATE
CuSO4
dil
sat
COTTONSEED OIL
CRESOL
comm
CH3C6H4OH
≤90
>90
CRESYLIC ACID
CH3C6H4COOH
50
CYCLOHEXANE
C6H12
all
CYCLOHEXANONE
C6H10O
all
DECAHYDRONAFTALENE C10H18
nd
DEMINERALIZED WATER
100
DEXTRINE
nd
C6H12OCH2O
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
1
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
3
1
2
2
3
1
2
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
2
1
3
2
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.14
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
DIBUTYLPHTALATE
C6H4(CO2C4H9)2
100
DICHLOROACETIC
ACID
Cl2CHCOOH
100
DICHLOROETHANE
CH2ClCH2Cl
100
DICHLOROETHYLENE ClCH2Cl
100
DIETHYL ETHER
C2H5OC2H5
100
DIGLYCOLIC ACID
(CH2)2O(CO2H)2
18
DIMETHYLAMINE
(CH3)2NH
100
DIOCTYLPHTHALATE
all
DISTILLED WATER
100
DRINKING WATER
100
ETHERS
ETHYL
- ACETATE
all
CH3CO2C2H5
100
- ALCOHOL
CH3CH2OH
nd
- CHLORIDE
CH3CH2Cl
all
- ETHER
CH3CH2OCH2CH3
all
ETHYLENE
- CHLOROHYDRIN
- GLYCOL
ClCH2CH2OH
100
HOCH2CH2OH
comm
FATTY ACIDS
FERRIC
- CHLORIDE
nd
FeCl3
10
sat
- NITRATE
Fe(NO3)3
nd
- SULPHATE
Fe(SO4)3
nd
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
1
2
1
2
3
3
2
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
2
1
3
3
1
1
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
2
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
3
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.15
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
FERROUS
- CHLORIDE
FeCl2
sat
FeSO4
nd
- SULPHATE
≤10
FERTILIZER
sat
FLUORINE GAS - DRY F2
100
FLUOROSILICIC ACID H2SiF6
32
FORMALDEHYDE
HCOH
FORMIC ACID
HCOOH
50
100
FRUIT PULP AND JUICE
FUEL OIL
comm
100
comm
FURFUROLE ALCOHOL C5H3OCH2OH
nd
GAS EXHAUST
- ACID
all
- WITH NITROUS VAPOURS
GAS PHOSGENE
ClCOCl
GELATINE
traces
100
100
GLUCOSE
C6H12O6
all
GLYCERINE
AQ.SOL
HOCH2CHOHCH2OH
all
GLYCOGLUE
AQUEOUS
10
GLYCOLIC ACID
HOCH2COOH
37
HEPTANE
C7H16
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
FPM
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.16
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
HEXANE
C6H14
HYDROBROMIC ACID HBr
100
≤10
48
HYDROCHLORIC ACID HCl
≤25
≤37
HYDROCYANIC ACID
HCN
HYDROFLUORIC ACID HF
deb
10
60
HYDROGEN
H2
all
HYDROGEN
- PEROXIDE
H2 O2
30
50
90
- SULPHIDE DRY
sat
- SULPHIDE WET
sat
≤10
HYDROSULPHITE
HYDROXYLAMINE
SULPHATE
(H2NOH)2H2SO4
ILLUMINATING GAS
IODINE
- DRY AND WET
12
100
I2
- TINCTURE
3
>3
ISOCTANE
C8H18
100
ISOPROPYL
- ETHER
(CH3)2CHOCH(CH3)2
100
(CH3)2CHOH
100
- ALCOHOL
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
NBR
FPM
3
1
3
3
1
2
2
3
1
2
1
EPM
3
3
3
1
1
3
1
2
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
Materials.17
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
LACTIC ACID
CH3CHOHCOOH
LANOLINE
LEAD ACETATE
≤28
nd
Pb(CH3COO)2
LINSEED OIL
sat
comm
LUBRICATING OILS
comm
MAGNESIUM
- CARBONATE
MgCO3
all
- CHLORIDE
MgCl2
sat
- HYDROXIDE
Mg(OH)2
all
- NITRATE
MgNO3
nd
- SULPHATE
MgSO4
dil
sat
MALEIC ACID
COOHCHCHCOOH
nd
MALIC ACID
CH2CHOH(COOH)2
nd
MERCURIC
- CHLORIDE
HgCl2
sat
- CYANIDE
HgCN2
all
MERCUROUS NITRATE HgNO3
nd
MERCURY
Hg
100
METHYL
- ACETATE
CH3COOCH3
100
- ALCOHOL
CH3OH
nd
- BROMIDE
CH3Br
100
- CHLORIDE
CH3Cl
100
- ETHYLKETONE
CH3COCH2CH3
all
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
1
2
3
Materials.18
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
METHYLAMINE
CH3NH2
32
METHYLENE
CHLORIDE
CH2Cl2
100
METHYL
SULPHORIC ACID
CH3COOSO4
50
100
MILK
100
MINERAL ACIDOULOUS
WATER
nd
MOLASSES
comm
NAPHTA
100
NAPHTALINE
100
NICKEL
- CHLORIDE
NiCl3
all
- NITRATE
Ni(NO3)2
nd
- SULPHATE
NiSO4
dil
sat
NITRIC ACID
HNO3
anhydrous
20
40
60
98
NITROBENZENE
OLEIC ACID
C6H5NO2
C8H17CHCH(CH2)7CO2H
all
comm
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
1
2
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
2
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
2
1
Materials.19
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
OLEUM
nd
- VAPOURS
low
hight
OLIVE OIL
OXALIC ACID
comm
HO2CCO2H
10
sat
OXYGEN
O2
all
OZONE
O3
nd
PALMITIC ACID
CH3(CH2)14COOH
10
70
PARAFFIN
nd
- EMULSION
comm
- OIL
PERCHLORIC ACID
nd
HClO4
100
70
PETROL
- REFINED
100
- UNREFINED
100
PHENOL
C6H5OH
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
1
≤90
PHENYL HYDRAZINE
- CHLORHYDRATE
C6H5NHNH2
all
C6H5NHNH3Cl
sat
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
3
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
3
1
3
3
2
2
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
Materials.20
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
PHOSPHORIC
- ACID
H3PO4
≤25
≤50
≤85
- ANHYDRIDE
PHOSPHORUS
TRICHLORIDE
P2O5
nd
PCl3
100
PHOTOGRAPHIC
- DEVELOPER
comm
- EMULSION
comm
PHTHALIC ACID
PICRIC ACID
C6H4(CO2H)2
HOC6H2(NO2)3
50
1
>1
POTASSIUM
- BICHROMATE
K2CrO7
40
- BORATE
K3BO3
sat
- BROMATE
KBrO3
nd
- BROMIDE
KBr
sat
- CARBONATE
K2CO3
sat
- CHLORIDE
KCl
sat
- CHROMATE
KCrO4
40
- CYANIDE
KCN
sat
- FERROCYANIDE
K4Fe(CN)6.3H2O
100
- FLUORIDE
KF
sat
- HYDROXIDE
KOH
≤60
- NITRATE
KNO3
sat
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
1
2
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.21
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
- PERBORATE
KBO3
all
- PERMANGANATE
KMnO4
10
- PERSULPHATE
K2S2O8
nd
- SULPHATE
K2SO4
sat
PROPANE
- GAS
C3H8
- LIQUID
100
100
PROPYL ALCOHOL
C3H7OH
100
PYRIDINE
CH(CHCH)2N
nd
RAIN WATER
100
SEA WATER
100
SILICIC ACID
H2SiO3
SILICONE OIL
SILVER
- CYANIDE
- NITRATE
all
nd
AgCN
all
AgNO9
nd
- PLATING SOLUTION
comm
SOAP
- AQUEOUS SOLUTION
high
SODIC LYE
≤60
SODIUM
- ACETATE
CH3COONa
100
- BICARBONATE
NaHCO3
nd
- BISULPHITE
NaHSO3
100
- BROMIDE
NaBr
sat
- CARBONATE
Na2CO3
sat
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
1
1
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
EPM
FPM
1
1
1
1
NBR
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.22
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
- CHLORATE
NaClO3
nd
- CHLORIDE
NaCl
dil
sat
- CYANIDE
NaCN
all
- FERROCYANIDE
Na4Fe(CN)6
sat
- FLUORIDE
NaF
all
- HYDROXIDE
NaOH
60
- HYPOCHLORITE
NaOCl
deb
- HYPOSULPHITE
Na2S3O3
nd
- NITRATE
NaNO3
nd
- PERBORATE
NaBO3H2O
all
- PHOSPHATE di
Na2HPO4
all
- PHOSPHATE tri
Na3PO4
all
- SULPHATE
Na2SO4
dil
sat
- SULPHIDE
Na2S
dil
sat
- SULPHITE
NaSO3
sat
SnCl4
sat
STANNOUS CHLORIDE SnCl2
dil
STEARIC ACID
100
STANNIC CHLORIDE
SUGAR SYRUP
CH3(CH2)16CO2H
high
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
2
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
Materials.23
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
SULPHUR
S
100
- DIOXIDE AQUEOUS SO2
sat
- DIOXIDE DRY
all
- DIOXIDE LIQUID
- TRIOXIDE
SULPHURIC ACID
100
SO3
100
H2SO4
≤10
≤75
≤90
≤96
- FUMING
all
- NITRIC AQUEOUS H2SO4+HNO3+H20
SOLUTION
48/49/3
50/50/0
10/20/70
TALLOW EMULSION
comm
TANNIC ACID
C14H10O9
10
TARTARIC ACID
HOOC(CHOH)2COOH
all
TETRACHLORO
- ETHANE
CHCl2CHCl2
nd
CCl2CCl2
nd
Pb(C2H5)4
100
- ETHYLENE
TETRAETHYLLEAD
TETRAHYDROFURAN C4H8O
THIONYL CHLORIDE
SOCl3
THIOPHENE
C4H4S
all
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
1
2
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
FPM
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
1
3
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
3
2
3
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
2
3
1
3
3
3
Materials.24
m a t e r i a l s
Chemical
Formula
TOLUENE
C6H5CH3
TRANSFORMER OIL
TRICHLOROACETIC
ACID
100
nd
CCl3COOH
≤50
TRICHLOROETHYLENE Cl2CCHCl
100
TRIETHANOLAMINE
100
N(CH2CH2OH)2
TURPENTINE
100
UREA
CO(NH2)2
AQUEOUS SOLUTION
≤10
33
URINE
URIC ACID
nd
C5H4N4O3
VASELINE OIL
VINYL ACETATE
10
100
CH3CO2CHCH2
100
WHISKY
comm
WINES
comm
WINE VINEGAR
comm
ZINC
- CHLORIDE
ZnCl2
dil
sat
- CHROMATE
ZnCrO4
nd
- CYANIDE
Zn(CN)2
all
- NITRATE
Zn(NO3)2
nd
- SULPHATE
ZnSO4
dil
sat
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
25
60
100
uPVC
PE
PP
PVDF
PVC/C
NBR
EPM
FPM
3
3
2
3
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
2
1
2
2
3
3
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
1
1
3
3
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Materials.25
m a t e r i a l s
Material
Performance
Aspects
4.0
3.5
Abrasion Resistance
The high resistance to abrasion,
flexibility, light weight, and robustness of
Vinidex PE pipes, have led to their
widespread use in applications such as
transportation of slurries and mine
tailings.
Abrasion occurs as a result of friction
between the pipe wall and the
transported particles.
The actual amount and rate of abrasion
of the pipe wall is determined by a
combination of:
•
the specific gravity of the solids
•
the solids content in the slurry
•
solid particle shape, hardness and
size
•
fluid velocity
•
PE pipe material grade
The interaction of these parameters
means that any prediction of the rate of
abrasion wear can only proceed where
testing of wear rates has been performed
on the specific slurry under the proposed
operational conditions.
Under varying test conditions the relative
ranking of different pipe materials may
change, and where possible testing
should be performed.
Materials.26
3.0
Abrasion (mm)
The transmission of solids in either
liquid or gaseous carriers in PE pipelines
results in abrasion of the internal pipe
walls, especially at points of high
turbulence such as bends or junctions.
The results of test programs using the
Darmstadt (Germany) method of
Asbestos Kirschmer and reported by Meldt
Cement
(Hoechst AG) for a slurry of quartz sand/
gravel water with a solids content 46%
Fibreglass by volume and a flow velocity of 0.36m/s
are shown in Figure 2.2.
4.5
2.5
These were performed across a range of
materials and show the excellent
abrasion resistance of PE pipe materials.
2.0
1.5
Concrete
1.0
Vit Clay
PVC
HDPE
0.5
0
0
200
400
600
Number of Load Cycles (000)
Figure 2.2
Comparative Abrasion
Rates of Pipe Materials
A comprehensive collection of case
history data has been assembled by
Vinidex design engineers for particular
applications, and this information is
available on request.
In general terms, PE pipes have superior
abrasion resistance to steel, ductile iron,
FRP, asbestos and fibre reinforced
cement pipes, providing a more cost
effective solution for abrasive slurry
installations.
Laboratory test programs have been
performed in the UK, Germany and USA
to obtain relative wear comparisons for
various materials using sliding and
rotating pipe surfaces.
Similarly, Boothroyde and Jacobs (BHRA
PR 1448) performed closed loop tests
using iron ore slurry in a concentration
range of 5 to 10% and ranked PE ahead
of mild steel and asbestos cement in
abrasion resistance.
For most grades, the difference in
abrasion resistance between MDPE
(PE80B) and HDPE (PE80C and PE100)
is not significant. However, Vinidex
offers grades which are specifically
selected to maximise abrasion
resistance, whilst also maximising
pressure rating and crack growth
resistance.
The design of fittings involving change of
flow direction is critical in slurry lines.
The lower the rate of change of direction,
the lower the abrasion rate. For bends, a
large centreline radius must be used.
Where possible, a radius of at least 20
times the pipe diameter should be used,
along with a long straight lead-in length
containing no joints.
In practice, the effective lifetime of the
PE pipeline can be increased by using
demountable joints to periodically rotate
the PE pipe sections to distribute the
abrasion wear evenly around the
circumference of the pipe.
m a t e r i a l s
Weathering
Weathering of plastics occurs by a
process of surface degradation, or
oxidation, due to a combined effect of
ultra violet radiation, increased
temperature, and moisture when pipes
are stored in exposed locations.
All Vinidex PE pipe systems contain
antioxidants, stabilisers and pigments to
provide protection under Australian
construction conditions.
Black PE pipes contain carbon black
which act as both a pigment and an ultra
violet stabiliser, and these pipes require
no additional protection for external
storage and use.
Other colours such as white, blue, yellow
or lilac do not possess the same stability
as the black pigmented systems and the
period of exposure should be limited to
one year for optimum retention of
properties. With these colour systems
the external surface oxidation layers
develop at a faster rate than those in
carbon black stabilised PE pipes.
For exposure periods longer than one
year, additional protection such as
covering should be adopted.
Permeation
Permeation of PE pipe systems from
external sources may occur when the
surrounding soils are contaminated.
Organic compounds of the non polar,
low molecular type are those which
permeate most rapidly through the PE
pipe walls. Accordingly, where materials
such as aliphatic hydrocarbons,
chlorinated hydrocarbons and alkylated
benzenes are encountered, consideration
to impermeable ducting should be given.
Where contamination is suspected, soil
sampling should be performed and in the
case of potable water transmission lines,
protection to the PE pipes should be
provided where contamination is found.
Food Contact Applications
Where the pipeline system is used for
food processing or transport purposes,
Vinidex PE pipes can be supplied using
PE materials complying with AS 2070 Plastics for Use in Food Contact
Applications. In these applications the
advice of Vinidex engineers should be
obtained as to the effect of the system
on food quality, and the most appropriate
jointing systems to prevent detention of
the food materials through the pipe
system.
Biological Resistance
PE pipes may be subject to damage
from biological sources such as ants or
rodents. The resistance to attack is
determined by the hardness of the PE
used, the geometry of the PE surfaces,
and the conditions of the installation.
Small diameter irrigation applications
using LDPE materials may be attacked
by ants or termites due to the relatively
thin wall sections and the hardness of
the LDPE. In these instances the source
of the ants should be treated by normal
insecticide techniques.
Both MDPE and HDPE material types
have a higher hardness value than LDPE,
and together with the thicker pipe wall
sections used in PE63, PE80, and PE100
applications provide a generally resistant
solution. In small diameter pipes, the
thin wall sections may be damaged by
termites in extreme cases.
However damage often ascribed to
termite attack in PE has subsequently
been found to be due to other sources of
mechanical damage.
PE pipe systems are generally unaffected
by biological organisms in both land, and
marine applications, and the paraffinic
nature of the PE pipe surfaces retards
the build up of marine growths in
service.
Materials.27
applications
contents
Summary
3
Typical Applications
4
Water Supply
4
Mine Tailings and Slurry Lines
4
Above Ground Pipelines
4
Gas Distribution
5
Submarine Pipelines
5
Relining & Rehabilitation
5
Industrial and Chemical Pipelines
6
Compressed Air
6
DWV Drainage and Trade Waste
6
Stormwater Drainage
7
Communications
7
Protective Conduits for Cables
7
Rural and Irrigation
8
Driplines
8
Aquaculture – Fish Cages
8
Applications.1
applications
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Applications.2
applications
Summary
The success and the continued high level
of growth in the application of
polyethylene for piping systems has not
come about by chance. Polyethyene
systems offer significant advantages
over ‘traditional’ iron, steel and cement
systems.
Primarily, the material is free from
corrosion in all ground conditions and its
flexibility allows it to withstand ground
movement. Corrosion and joint leakage
are prevalent in iron and cement
systems, usually within desired lifetimes.
Polyethylene offers the solution to
avoiding the premature failure of
pipelines in such materials.
Polyethylene is basically chemically inert
and therefore, unlike iron or cement, will
be unaffected by acidic soil conditions or
other corrosion inducing conditions. No
protective layers or finishing processes
are required, thus avoiding additional
expense and further potential risk of
failure.
The flexibility of polyethylene is a key
property which has greatly enhanced the
value of the material to the pipeline
engineer. Apart from the value in
allowing substantial cost savings during
installation, a polyethylene system has
an inherent resistance to the effects of
ground movement from temperature
fluctuation or instability. Polyethylene
gas and water systems have been the
only systems to survive major
earthquakes such as those which
occurred in Kobe, Japan in 1995.
Polyethylene systems can be fusion
welded, so unlike rubber ring type joints
or other mechanical systems, there is no
risk of leakage as a result of joint
distortion. Systems are fully end load
bearing and costly anchorage is not
required at junctions and bends. Root
penetration is not a problem.
The flexibility of PE pipe allows it to be
coiled and supplied in long lengths,
avoiding frequent joints and fittings. This
flexibility and low weight has also
resulted in the development of cost
saving installation techniques reducing
disturbance to the public and the
environment. Long lengths can be pulled
through holes below the ground bored
by mechanical moles, avoiding the need
for open cut trenches. The material lends
itself readily to renovation by insertion as
a lining into old, leaking pipelines,
offering further cost saving solutions to
the water and gas engineer.
The low friction bores are not subject to
scale buildup. The material is biologically
inert. Polyethylene can be colour coded
to suit the end application. Typically blue
for water and yellow for gas, or by colour
stripes on black pipe.
The polyethylene pipeline system has
been developed as an integrated pipe
and fitting system. It has a track record
of high reliability over a period now
approaching 50 years. There is no cost
penalty in obtaining these advantages,
indeed the PE system is cost effective
with a long maintenance free lifetime and
low wholelife costs, and the installed
system costs are often less than for
traditional materials.
To summarise, the principal advantages
of polyethylene piping systems are:
•
Flexibility
•
Chemical resistance
•
Fusion welded jointing
•
Resistance to ground movement
and end load
•
Cost effective installation techniques
•
High impact strength
•
Abrasion resistance
•
High flow capacity
•
Weathering resistance
•
Low whole life costs
•
Long lengths
Applications.3
applications
Water Supply
•
Long life, corrosion resistant
•
High water quality
10kms of 450mm PE100 pipe delivers
water to Stratford Power Station, New
Zealand.
Mine Tailings &
Slurry Lines
•
Abrasion and UV resistance
•
PE pipes are an ideal solution for slurry
systems, pit dewatering and chemical
treatment applications in mining
operations.
Above Ground
Pipelines
•
Ultra-violet (UV) resistance
•
PE pipe is widely used in above ground
applications, particularly in demanding
conditions typical of mining and rural
regions.
Applications.4
applications
Gas Distribution
•
Long life
•
Corrosion resistance
A new 250mm gas main installed in
Melbourne’s CBD did not greatly
interfere with traffic or pedestrians, as
installation time was reduced by 40%.
Submarine Pipelines
•
Lightweight , corrosion resistance
•
Superior flow characteristics
A 1000mm seamless effluent PE pipeline
was floated and then sunk into place on
this Gold Coast river bed.
Relining & Rehabilitation
•
Long lengths and minimal disruption
•
Sliplining and pipe bursting with long
lengths of PE pipes provide minimal
disruption to existing water and sewer
systems and the local community.
Applications.5
applications
Industrial &
Chemical Pipelines
•
A range of fittings solutions
•
Excellent chemical resistance
PE pipe systems are installed in difficult
to access industrial situations.
Compressed Air
•
Easy, clean, quick & safe installation
•
Vinidexair high strength PE piping
system is a proven performer in
industries requiring compressed air
lines.
DWV Drainage
& Trade Waste
•
Smooth bore
•
Excellent chemical and abrasion
resistance
PE pipe is increasingly used for
transporting industrial, laboratory and
trade waste.
Applications.6
applications
Stormwater Drainage
•
Resistance to ground movement
•
Ease of on-site jointing of large
diameter pipe
1000mm PE pipes were joined above
ground and hands-free lowered into an 8
metre trench in unstable ground with
heavy gases present.
Communications
•
Flexibility
•
Long coil lengths
Cablecon conduit is a value-added
ducting solution supplied pre-lubricated
and with a pre-installed draw rope.
Protective Conduits
for Cables
•
Flexibility
•
Durability
Nearly 14kms of PE pipe was specified
as Cable Sheathing in the landmark
Anzac Bridge, Sydney.
Applications.7
applications
Rural and Irrigation
•
High resistance to impact and
weathering
•
Flexibility and ease of jointing
PE pipes are widely used for stock
watering, watermains, irrigation systems
and reticulation of elevated temperature
artesian bore water.
Dripline
•
Water efficient
•
Cost effective long term irrigation
Ecodrip regular and pressure
compensated (PC) dripline: available in a
variety of wall thicknesses for crops
including grapes, olives, vegetables,
orchards, flowers, sugar cane, cotton etc.
Aquaculture – Fish Cages
•
Flexibility and ease of fabrication
•
Salmon farming cages in Tasmania
utilise the flotation properties of PE pipe.
Applications.8
d
e
s
i
g
n
contents
Pipe Selection
3
Pipe Dimensions
4
Allowable Operating Pressure
5
Temperature Influences
7
Service Lifetimes
7
Pipe Design for Variable Operating Conditions
8
E Modulus
10
Selection of Wall Thickness for Special Applications
10
Hydraulic Design
11
Flow Chart Worked Examples
13
Part Full Flow
15
Resistance Coefficients
16
Flow Charts
17-26
Surge and Fatigue
27
Celerity
28
Slurry Flow
29
Pipe Wear
30
Maintenance and Operation
31
Fittings
31
Pneumatic Flow
32
System Design Guidelines for the Selection of Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipelines
33
Expansion And Contraction
35
External Pressure Resistance
36
Trench Design
37
Allowable Bending Radius
38
Deflection Questionnaire – FAX BACK
39
Deflection Questionnaire – Vinidex locations
40
Thrust Block Supports
41
Electrical Conductivity
43
Vibration
43
Heat Sources
43
Design.1
d
e
s
i
g
n
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Design.2
d
e
s
i
g
n
Pipe Selection
Table 4.1 Comparison of SDR & Pressure Ratings (PN)
Vinidex PE pipes are available in a
comprehensive range of sizes up to
1000mm diameter, and pressure classes
in accordance with the requirements of
AS/NZS 4130 - Polyethylene (PE) pipes
for pressure applications.
SDR
41
33
26
21
17
PE80
PN3.2
PN4
-
PN6.3
PN8
PE100
PN4
-
PN6.3
PN8
Additional sizes and pressure classes to
AS/NZS 4130 requirements are added
from time to time and subject to
minimum quantity requirements, pipes
made to specific sizes, lengths or
pressure classes are available.
13.6
11
9
7.4
PN10 PN12.5 PN16
PN10 PN12.5 PN16
PN20
PN20
PN25
Notes:
PE
Long term rupture stress at 20°C (MPa x 10) to which a minimum design factor
is applied to obtain the 20°C hydrostatic design hoop stress.
PN
Pipe pressure rating at 20°C (MPa x10).
SDR Nominal ratio of outside diameter to wall thickness.
The Standard AS/NZS 4130 includes a
range of PE material designations based
on the Minimum Required Stress (MRS),
and classified as PE63, PE80, and
PE100. When pipes are made to the
same dimensions, but from different
rated PE materials, then the pipes will
have different pressure ratings.
The relationship between the dimensions
of the pipes, the PE material
classification and the working pressure
rating are as shown in Table 4.1.
For simplicity, the dimensions of the pipe
have been referred in terms of the
Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) where:
Outside Diameter
SDR =
Wall Thickness
Design.3
33
SDR
Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.6
26
SDR
Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.6
21
SDR
Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.6
17
SDR 13.6
SDR
Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.6
13
1.6
11
SDR
Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.8
9
SDR 7.4
Mean Min. Wall Mean
I.D. Thickness I.D.
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
12
2.2
11
17
1.6
17
1.6
17
1.6
17
1.6
17
1.6
17
1.9
16
2.3
15
2.8
14
22
1.6
22
1.6
22
1.6
22
1.6
22
1.9
21
2.3
20
2.8
19
3.5
18
32
1.6
29
1.6
29
1.6
29
1.6
29
1.9
28
2.4
27
2.9
26
3.6
24
4.4
23
40
1.6
37
1.6
37
1.6
37
1.9
36
2.4
35
3.0
34
3.7
32
4.5
31
5.5
28
50
1.6
47
1.6
47
2.0
46
2.4
45
3.0
44
3.7
42
4.6
40
5.6
38
6.9
35
63
1.6
60
2.0
59
2.4
58
3.0
57
3.8
55
4.7
53
5.8
51
7.1
48
8.6
45
71
2.3
70
2.9
69
3.6
67
4.5
66
5.5
63
6.8
61
8.4
58
10.3
53
86
2.8
84
3.5
83
4.3
81
5.4
78
6.6
76
8.2
73
10.1
69
12.3
65
110
2.7
105
3.4
103
4.3
101
5.3
99
6.6
96
8.1
93
10.0
89
12.3
84
15.1
78
125
3.1
119
3.9
117
4.8
115
6.0
113
7.4
110
9.2
106
11.4
101
14.0
96
17.1
89
140
3.5
133
4.3
131
5.4
129
6.7
126
8.3
123
10.3
118
12.7
114
15.7
108
19.2
99
160
4.0
152
4.9
150
6.2
148
7.7
144
9.5
140
11.8
136
14.6
130
17.9
123
21.9
114
4.4
171
5.5
169
6.9
166
8.6
163
10.7
158
13.3
153
16.4
145
20.1
138
24.6
128
4.9
190
6.2
188
7.7
184
9.6
180
11.9
175
14.7
170
18.2
162
22.4
154
27.3
143
225
5.5
215
6.9
211
8.6
207
10.8
203
13.4
198
16.6
191
20.5
183
25.1
173
30.8
161
250
6.2
238
7.7
235
9.6
230
11.9
225
14.8
219
18.4
212
22.7
203
27.9
192
34.2
179
280
6.9
267
8.6
263
10.7
258
13.4
253
16.6
246
20.6
238
25.4
228
31.3
215
38.3
200
315
7.7
300
9.7
296
12.1
290
15.0
285
18.7
278
23.2
268
28.6
256
35.2
242
43.0
226
355
8.7
338
10.9
333
13.6
328
16.9
320
21.1
311
26.1
301
32.2
289
39.6
273
48.5
255
400
9.8
380
12.3
376
15.3
370
19.1
362
23.7
351
29.4
340
36.3
326
44.7
307
54.6
287
450
11.0
429
13.8
422
17.2
415
21.5
406
26.7
395
33.1
382
40.9
366
50.2
347
61.5
322
500
12.3
476
15.3
470
19.1
462
23.9
452
29.6
440
36.8
424
45.4
407
55.8
384
-
-
560
13.7
534
17.2
526
21.4
518
26.7
506
33.2
494
41.2
475
50.8
455
-
-
-
-
630
15.4
600
19.3
592
24.1
582
30.0
570
37.3
554
46.3
535
57.2
512
-
-
-
-
710
17.4
676
21.8
667
27.2
656
33.9
641
42.1
624
52.2
603
-
-
-
-
-
-
800
19.6
762
24.5
752
30.6
739
38.1
723
47.4
704
58.8
679
-
-
-
-
-
-
900
22.0
858
27.6
846
34.4
831
42.9
814
53.5
791
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1000
24.5
953
30.6
940
38.2
924
47.7
904
59.3
880
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SDR – Nominal ratio of outside diameter to wall thickness.
ID – internal diameter
n
180
200
g
1.9
2.2
i
75
90
s
1.6
1.6
e
20
25
d
41
SDR
Mean Min. Wall
I.D. Thickness
(mm)
(mm)
13
1.6
Pipe Dimensions
SDR
Nominal
Size Min. Wall
DN Thickness
(mm)
16
1.6
Table 4.2 PE Pipe Dimensions AS/NZS 4130
Design.4
Polyethylene Pipe Dimensions (based on AS/NZS 4130-1997, Polyethylene pipes for pressure applications.)
d
e
s
i
g
Allowable
Operating Pressure
Table 4.3 Hydrostatic Design Stress and
Minimum Required Strength – Values
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Material Designation
Vinidex pipes manufactured to AS/NZS
4130, Series 1 have wall thickness and
pressure ratings determined by the
Barlow formula as follows:
T=
PD
2S + P
T = minimum wall thickness
P = normal working pressure
of pipe
D = minimum mean OD
S = hydrostatic design stress
at 20°C
See Table 4.2.
(mm)
Minimum Required Strength
(MRS) MPa
(S) MPa
PE63
5.0
6.3
PE80
6.3
8.0
PE100
8.0
10.0
The Hydrostatic Design Stress (S) is
obtained by application of a Design or
Safety Factor (F) to the MRS.
See Table 4.3.
(MPa)
(mm)
S=
MRS
F
(MPa)
The design of AS/NZS 4130 pipes has
been based on the static working
pressure operating continuously at the
maximum value for the entire lifetime of
the pipeline.
The value of maximum hoop stress used
in the selection of the pipe wall thickness
is known as the Hydrostatic Design
Stress (S). This value is dependent upon
the type of PE material being used and
the pipe material service temperature. In
AS/NZS 4131, materials are classified for
long term strength by the designation
Minimum Required Strength (MRS).
The MRS is the value resulting from
extrapolation of short and long term
tests to a 50 year point at 20°C.
n
The specific value selected for the
Design Factor depends on a number of
variables, including the nature of the
transmitted fluid, the location of the
pipeline, and the risk of third party
damage.
The wall thickness values for Series 1
pipes to AS/NZS 4130 were derived
using a value of 1.25 for F, this being the
minimum value applicable.
AS/NZS 4131 specifics MRS values of
6.3 MPa, 8.0 MPa and 10.0 MPa for the
grades designated as PE63, PE80 and
PE100 respectively.
The relationship between the S and MRS
standard values in AS/NZS 4131 is as
shown in Table 4.3.
These standard values are polymer
dependent and long term properties for
each pipe grade material are established
by long term testing to the requirements
of ISO/DIS 9080 by the polymer
producers. Individual PE grades may
exhibit different characteristics and PE
materials can be provided with enhanced
specific properties. In these cases the
obtained.
Maximum Allowable
Operating Pressure
MAOP =
PN x 0.125
F
where
MAOP is the maximum allowable
operating pressure in MPa.
PN is the pipe classification in
accordance with AS/NZS 4130.
F is the Design Factor.
For example, if the minimum value of F is
chosen (F = 1.25), a PN10 pipe will have
a MAOP of 1.0 MPa at 20°C.
Note: See Figure 2.1 for typical stress
regression curves.
Design.5
d
e
s
Where installation applications are used
to carry fluids other than water, then
another value of the Design Factor may
need to be selected. The value selected
will depend on both the nature of the
fluid being carried and the location of the
pipeline installation. For specific
installations, the advice of Vinidex
engineers should be obtained.
In the case of gas pipes in AS/NZS 4130,
both Series 2 and Series 3, a Design
Factor ranging between F = 2.0 and
F = 4.0 applies depending on the specific
installation conditions; see Table 4.6.
Table 4.4
Typical Design Factors
Pipeline Application
i
g
Table 4.5 PE Pipe Pressure Ratings
PN Rating Number
F
Water Supply
1.25
Natural Gas
2.0
Compressed Air
2.0
LPG
2.2
Where the Design Factor is varied, then
the MAOP for the particular Series 1 pipe
PN rating can be calculated as follows:
PN x 0.125
MAOP =
F
Nominal Working Pressure
PN 3.2
MPa
0.32
Head Metres
32
PN 4
0.40
40
PN 6.3
0.63
63
PN 8
0.80
80
PN 10
1.00
100
PN 12.5
1.25
125
PN 16
1.60
160
PN 20
2.00
200
PN 25
2.50
250
Table 4.6 Design Factors – Gas Pipes
Installation
Conditions
Fluid type
Natural Gas
Design Factor
20°C
n
Design Factor Value
LPG
Pipe Form
Straight length
Soil Temperature (Av. °C)
Designation
-10 < t < 0
F = f0 x f1 x f2 x f3 x f4 x f5
Design.6
2.0
2.2
f1
Coils
1.0
1.2
f2
1.2
0 < t < 20
1.0
20 < t < 30
1.1
30 < t < 35
1.3
Distribution
f3
Transport
Rapid Crack Resistance
1.0
0.9
f4
1.0
f5
0.9
Population density & area loading
Open field
In the particular case of gas distribution,
then the type of gas, and the pipeline
installation conditions need to be
considered. In this case the Design
Factor is a combination of a number of
sub factors (fx) which must be factored
together to give the final value for F such
that:
f0
Less trafficed roads in inbuilt areas
1.05
Heavy trafficed roads in inbuilt areas
1.15
Roads in populated area
1.20
Roads in industrial area
1.25
Private area habitation
1.05
Private area industry
1.20
Note: Where factor values are not listed, consult with Vinidex engineers for
recommendations.
d
Temperature
Influences
The physical properties of Vinidex PE
pipes are related to a standard reference
temperature of 20°C. Where physical
property values are quoted to ISO and
DIN Standard test methods, these are for
the 20°C condition, unless otherwise
quoted. Wherever PE pipelines operate at
elevated temperatures, the pressure
ratings (PN) must be revised.
The temperature to be considered for the
re rating is the pipe material service
temperature, and the actual operating
conditions for each specific installation
must be evaluated.
For long length installations a
temperature gradient will exist along the
length of the pipe line. This gradient will
be dependent upon site conditions, and
the fluid being carried will approach the
ambient temperature of the surrounds.
The rate of temperature loss will be
determined by inlet temperature, fluid
flow rate, soil conductivity, ambient
temperature and depth of burial. As
these factors are specific to each
installation, the temperature gradient
calculations are complex and in order to
assist the designer, Vinidex have
developed computer software to predict
the temperature gradient along the
pipeline.
This is available on request to Vinidex
design engineers.
e
s
The grades of PE specified in AS/NZS
4131 are produced by different
polymerisation methods, and as such
have different responses to temperature
variations.
Pipe Classification (PN) is based on
continuous operation at 20°C and the
pressure rating will be reduced for
higher temperatures. In addition, as PE
is an oxidising material, the lifetime of
some grades will be limited by elevated
temperature operation. Table 4.7 gives
temperature rerating data for Vinidex
pipes made to AS/NZS 4130.
In these tables, allowable working
pressures are derived from ISO 13761*
and assume continuous operation at the
temperatures listed.
Extrapolation limit is maximum allowable
extrapolation time in years, based on
data analysis in accordance with ISO/DIS
9080**, and at least two years of test at
80°C for PE80B and PE100. Actual
product life may well be in excess of
these values.
i
g
n
Service Lifetimes
The design basis used in AS/NZS 4130
for PN rating of PE pipes to determine
the minimum wall thickness for each
diameter and PN rating provides for the
steady and continuous application of the
maximum allowable working pressure
over an arbitrary period of 50 years.
The selection of the long term
hydrostatic design stress value (HDS) is
dependent on the specific grade of PE
and the pipe material service
temperature. For the grades of PE
materials contained in AS/NZS 4131
the specific values are contained in
Table 4.3.
As these values are polymer dependent,
individual grades may exhibit different
characteristics and materials can be
provided with enhanced properties for
crack resistance or elevated temperature
performance. In these cases the advice
of Vinidex design engineers should be
obtained.
The performance of compounds used in
the manufacture of Vinidex pipes to
AS/NZS 4130 has been verified by
appropriate data analysis.
Vinidex PE pipes are continually tested in
combinations of elevated temperature
(80°C water conditions) and pressure to
ensure compliance with specification
requirements.
In addition, Vinidex offers pipes made
from specialised compounds for
particular applications, such as elevated
temperature use.
The adoption of a 50 year design life in
AS/NZS 4130 to establish a value of the
HDS is arbitrary, and does not relate to
the actual service lifetime of the pipeline.
Contact Vinidex engineers for special
requirements.
Where pipelines are used for applications
such as water supply, where economic
evaluations such as present value
calculations are performed, the lifetimes
of PE lines designed and operated within
the AS guidelines may be regarded as
70–100 years for the purpose of the
calculations. Any lifetime values beyond
these figures are meaningless, as the
assumptions made in other parts of the
economic evaluations outweigh the
effect of pipe lifetime.
Note:
* Plastics pipes and fittings – pressure
reduction factors for polyethylene
pipeline systems for use at
temperatures above 20°C.
** Plastics piping and ducting systems –
determination of long-term
hydrostatic strength of
thermoplastics materials in pipe form
by extrapolation.
Design.7
d
e
s
i
g
n
Example
Pipe Design for
Variable
Operational
Conditions
The following examples assist in the
design and selection of polyethylene
pipes for variable operating conditions
Given Operating Conditions
Pressure/Temperature/Time Relationship
Pumped system normally working at a
maximum head, including surge of 60m.
At startup, the mean pipe wall
temperature is 55°C, dropping to 35°C
after 1 hour. Pump operation is for 10
hours per day, with a system life of 15
years.
1. Assume PE 80B
2. Determine Pipe Class
The worst situation is operation at 55°C.
From Table 4.7, PN10 pipe at 55°C has
an allowable working head of 60m.
Determine
Material
PN10 pipe is therefore satisfactory.
Class of pipe
3. Determine Life
Life
Total time at 55°C
Steps
= 1 x 365 x 15 = 5475h = 0.625y.
1. Assume a material
From Table 4.7, Lmin for 55°C is 24 years,
therefore proportion of time used is:
2. Determine Class from
Temperature Rating Table 4.7
Note: For brief periods at elevated
temperature it may be appropriate to
decrease the safety factor to a value of x,
i.e. multiply the working pressure by:
1.25
x
3. By the following process,
assess whether life is ‘used up’
For each combination of time and
temperature, estimate the proportion of
life ‘used up’ by using the time/
temperature relationships in the table.
0.625
= 0.026 = 2.6%
24
Total time at 35°C
= 9 x 365 x 15 = 49275h = 5.625y.
From the table, Lmin for 35°C is 100 years,
therefore proportion of time used is:
5.625
= 0.056 = 5.6%
100
Total proportion is 8.2% of life used in
15 years (6.25 years actual operation).
If the proportion is less than unity, the
material is satisfactory.
The data in the tables are obtained from
the use of ISO 13761 and ISO/DIS 9080,
and are appropriate for compounds
typically used by Vinidex.
Design.8
d
e
s
i
g
n
Table 4.7 Temperature Rating Tables
PE80B
Extrapolation
Temp Limit
PN 3.2
°C
Years
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
200
100
100
100
100
60
36
24
12
8
5
2
2
32
30
28
26
24
22
21
19
18
17
16
14
13
Permissible System Operating Head (m)
PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
40
38
35
32
30
28
26
24
23
21
20
18
17
63
59
55
50
47
44
41
38
35
33
31
28
26
80
75
70
64
60
56
52
48
45
42
39
36
33
100
94
88
80
75
70
65
60
56
53
49
45
41
125
117
109
100
94
88
81
75
70
66
61
56
52
160
150
140
128
120
112
104
96
90
84
78
72
66
PN20
200
188
175
160
150
140
130
120
113
105
98
90
83
PE80C
Extrapolation
Temp Limit
PN 3.2
°C
Years
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
50
30
18
12
6
32
29
26
23
20
18
PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
40
36
33
29
25
23
63
57
51
46
39
35
80
72
65
58
50
45
100
90
81
73
63
56
125
113
102
91
78
70
160
144
130
116
100
90
PN20
200
180
163
145
125
113
PE100
Extrapolation
Temp Limit
PN 3.2
°C
Years
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
200
100
100
100
100
60
36
24
12
8
5
2
2
32
30
28
26
24
22
21
19
18
17
16
14
13
PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
40
38
35
32
30
28
26
24
23
21
20
18
17
63
59
55
50
47
44
41
38
35
33
31
28
26
80
75
70
64
60
56
52
48
45
42
39
36
33
100
94
88
80
75
70
65
60
56
53
49
45
41
125
117
109
100
94
88
81
75
70
66
61
56
52
160
150
140
128
120
112
104
96
90
84
78
72
66
PN20
PN25
200
188
175
160
150
140
130
120
113
105
98
90
83
250
233
218
200
185
175
163
150
140
130
120
113
105
Design.9
d
e
s
E Modulus
i
n
Table 4.8 E Values (MPa)
The E modulus of polyethylene varies
with temperature, duration of loading,
stress, and the particular grade of
material.
However, in order to facilitate
engineering calculations, it is generally
appropriate to group materials into
categories and adopt ‘typical’ values of E.
PE 80B
Temp °C
3 min
1h
5h
24h
1y
20y
50y
0
20
40
60
1050
700
530
400
830
550
410
300
740
490
370
280
650
430
320
250
410
270
200
160
320
215
160
-
300
200
150
-
PE 80C
Table 4.8 lists E values in MPa for
PE80B (MDPE), PE80C (HDPE), and
PE100 (HDPE).
Selection of Wall
Thickness for
Special
Applications
Temp °C
3 min
1h
5h
24h
1y
20y
50y
0
20
40
60
1080
750
470
210
850
590
370
170
740
520
320
150
660
460
290
130
400
280
180
80
320
220
140
-
300
205
130
-
PE 100
Temp °C
3 min
1h
5h
24h
1y
20y
50y
0
20
40
60
1380
950
700
530
1080
750
550
420
950
660
490
370
830
580
430
320
520
360
270
200
410
280
210
-
380
260
190
-
For a required nominal diameter (DN)
and working pressure, the necessary
wall thickness for special applications
may be calculated using the Barlow
formula:
t =
g
P.DN
2.S + P
Example
where
P
= 900kPa
P = maximum working pressure (MPa)
DN
= 630
DN = nominal outside diameter
(mm)
MRS = 10 (PE100)
S = design hoop stress
(MPa)
F
= 1.25
S
=
10
1.25
t
=
0.9 x 630
= 33.6mm
16 + 0.9
t
= minimum wall thickness
S =
MRS
F
where
F = design factor,
typically 1.25 for water
Design.10
(mm)
= 0.9MPa
= 8.0MPa
d
e
s
i
g
n
Colebrook - White
Hydraulic Design
Design Basis
Vinidex Polyethylene (PE) pipes offer
advantages to the designer due to the
smooth internal bores which are
maintained over the working lifetime of
the pipelines. The surface energy
characteristics of PE inhibit the build up
of deposits on the internal pipe surfaces
thereby retaining the maximum bore
dimensions and flow capacities.
The flow charts presented in this section
relate the combinations of pipe
diameters, flow velocities and head loss
with discharge of water in PE pipelines.
These charts have been developed for
the flow of water through the pipes.
Where fluids other than water are being
considered, the charts may not be
applicable due to the flow properties of
these different fluids. In these cases the
obtained.
There are a number of flow formulae in
common use which have either a
theoretical or empirical background.
However, only the Hazen-Williams and
Colebrook-White formulae are
considered in this section.
The variations inherent with diameter
changes are accounted for by the
introduction of the coefficient C2 so that
C2 = C1 r0.02
Adoption of a Hazen-Williams roughness
coefficient of 155 results in the following
relationship for discharge in Vinidex PE
pipes
Q = 4.03 x 10-5 D2.65 H0.54
where
Q
= discharge (litres/second)
D
= internal diameter (mm)
H
= head loss (metres/100 metres
length of pipe)
Flow charts for pipe systems using the
Hazen - Williams formula have been in
operation in Australia for over 30 years.
The charts calculate the volumes of
water transmitted through pipelines of
various materials, and have been proven
in practical installations.
The development from first principles of
the Darcy-Weisbach formula results in
the expression
H=
fLv2
D 2g
f =
64
R
where
and
f
= Darcy friction factor
H = head loss due to friction (m)
D = pipe internal diameter (m)
L = pipe length (metres)
v = flow velocity (m/s)
g = gravitational acceleration
(9.81 m/s2)
R = Reynolds Number
This is valid for the laminar flow region
(R 2000), however, as most pipe
applications are likely to operate in the
transition zone between smooth and full
turbulence, the transition function
developed by Colebrook-White is
necessary to establish the relationship
between f and R.
1
f
1/ 2
 k
2.51 
= −2 log10 
+ 1/ 2 
3
7
D
.

Rf 
where
Hazen - Williams
The original Hazen-Williams formula was
published in 1920 in the form:
v = C1 r0.63 s0.54 0.001-0.04
where
C1 = Hazen-Williams roughness
coefficient
r
= hydraulic radius (ft)
s
= hydraulic gradient
k = Colebrook-White roughness
coefficient (m)
The appropriate value for PE pipes is:
k = 0.007 x 10 -3 m
= 0.007 mm
This value provides for the range of
pipe diameters, and water flow
velocities encountered in normal
pipeline installations.
Design.11
d
e
s
i
g
n
Flow Variations
Head Loss in Fittings
Worked Example
The flow charts presented for PE pipes
are based on a number of assumptions,
and variations to these standard
conditions may require evaluation as to
the effect on discharge.
Wherever a change to pipe cross section,
or a change in the direction of flow
occurs in a pipeline, energy is lost and
this must be accounted for in the
hydraulic design.
What is the head loss occurring in a
250mm equal tee with the flow in the
main pipeline at a flow velocity of 2 m/s?
Water Temperature
The charts are based on a water
temperature of 20°C. A water
temperature increase above this value,
results in a decrease in viscosity of the
water, with a corresponding increase in
discharge ( or reduced head loss )
through the pipeline.
An allowance of approximately 1%
increase in the water discharge must be
made for each 3°C increase in
temperature above 20°C. Similarly, a
decrease of approximately 1% in
discharge occurs for each 3°C step
below 20°C water temperature.
Under normal circumstances involving
long pipelines these head losses are
small in relation to the head losses due
to pipe wall friction.
However, geometry and inlet/exit
condition head losses may be significant
in short pipe runs or in complex
installations where a large number of
fittings are included in the design.
The general relationship for head losses
in fittings may be expressed as:
 V2 
H = K 
 2g 
H = head loss (m)
The flow charts presented in this section
are based on mean pipe dimensions of
Series 1 pipes made to AS/NZS 4130 PE
pipes for Pressure applications.
V = velocity of flow (m/s)
Surface Roughness
The value of the head loss coefficient K
is dependent on the particular geometry
of each fitting, and values for specific
cases are listed in Table 4.9.
Design.12
where
K=
0.35 (Table 4.9)
V=
2 m/s
g=
9.81 m/s
H=
0.35 × 22
2 × 9.81
If the total system contains 15 tees
under the same conditions, then the total
head loss in the fittings is 15 x 0.07 =
1.05 metres.
where
Pipe Dimensions
The roughness coefficients adopted for
Vinidex PE pipes result from
experimental programs performed in
Europe and the USA, and follow the
recommendations laid down in
Australian Standard AS2200 - Design
Charts for Water Supply and Sewerage.
 V2 
H = K 
 2g 
K = head loss coefficient
g = gravitational acceleration
(9.81 m/s2)
The total head loss in the pipeline
network is then obtained by adding
together the calculations performed for
each fitting in the system, the head loss
in the pipes, and any other design head
losses.
d
e
s
i
g
n
Flow Chart
Worked Examples
Example 1 - Gravity Main
PE80 Material Option
(refer Figure 4.1)
PE80 PN6.3 pipe is SDR 21.
A flow of water of 32 litres/second is
required to flow from a storage tank
located on a hill 50 metres above an
outlet. The tank is located 4.5 km away
from the outlet.
Use the SDR 21 flow chart, read
intersection of discharge line at 32 l/s
and head loss line at 1.11m/100m of
pipe. Select the next largest pipe size.
Hence the information available is :
Q = 32 l/s
Head available = 50 metres
Length of pipeline = 4500 metres
Minimum PN rating of pipe available to
withstand the 50 m static head is PN6.3.
Head loss per 100 m length of pipe is :
50
x 100 = 1.11m / 100m
4500
Use Table 4.1 to select the SDR rating of
PN6.3 class pipes in both PE80, and
PE100 materials.
This results in a DN200 mm pipe
diameter.
PE100 Material Option
PE100 PN6.3 pipe is SDR 26.
Use the SDR26 flow chart, read the
intersection of discharge line at 32 l/s
and head loss line at 1.11m/100m of
pipe. Select the next largest pipe size.
This results in a DN180 mm pipe
diameter.
Hence for this application, there are two
options available, either :
1. DN 200 PE80 PN6.3 or
2. DN 180 PE100 PN6.3
Figure 4.1 Gravity Flow Example
Storage
tank
Maximum difference
in water level
50m
Discharge
4,500m of
Vinidex PE Pipe
Design.13
d
e
s
Example 2 - Pumped Main
i
g
3. Fittings head losses
(refer Figure 4.2)
A line is required to provide 20 litres/
second of water from a dam to a high
level storage tank located 5000 metres
away. The tank has a maximum water
elevation of 100 m and the minimum
water elevation in the dam is 70 m.
The maximum flow velocity is required to
be limited to 1.0 metres/second to
minimise water hammer effects.
The maximum head required at the pump
= static head + pipe friction head
+ fittings form loss
n
Velocity Head =
=
4. Total pumping head
= 30 + 25 + 1.2 = 56.2 m
v2
2g
allow 57 m.
Note: The example does not make any
provision for surge allowance in
pressure class selection.
1.02
= 0.05
2 x 9.81
From Figure 4.2, identify the type and
number of different fittings used in the
pipeline. Select the appropriate form
factor value K for each fitting type from
Table 4.9. Then:
Fitting
Form
Factor K
Foot valve
15.0
15 x 0.05 = 0.75
Gate valve
0.2
2 x 0.2 x 0.05 = 0.02
Reflux valve
2.5
2.5 x 0.05 = 0.125
2. Pipe friction head
90° elbow
1.1
4 x 1.1 x 0.05 = 0.220
Considering the data available, start with
a PN6.3 class pipe.
45° elbow
0.35 2 x 0.35 x 0.05 = 0.035
PE80 Option
Total fittings head loss
1. Static head
= 100 - 70 = 30 m
Square outlet 1.0
Head Loss m
1.0 x 0.05 = 0.050
= 1.2
From Table 4.1, PE80 PN6.3 pipe is
SDR21.
Use the SDR 21 flow chart, find the
intersection of the discharge line at 20 l/s
and the velocity line at 1 m/s. Select the
corresponding or next largest size of
pipe. Where the discharge line intersects
the selected pipe size, trace across to find
the head loss per 100m length of pipe.
Figure 4.2 Pumped Flow Example
RL 100m
0.5
x 5000 = 25m
100
90° Elbow
Maximum difference
in water level - 30m
Square
Outlet
Gate Pump Gate
Valve 2x90°
90° Valve
Elbows
Elbow
This gives a value of 0.5m/100m.
Calculate the total friction head loss in the
pipe:
Storage Tank
Max Level of Tank
45° Elbow
5,000m
of Vinidex PE Pipe
RL 70m
Min Level
of Dam
45° Elbow
Hinged Disc
Foot Valve
with Strainer
Reflux Valve
Then from the flow chart, estimate the
velocity of flow
This gives 1 m/s.
Design.14
d
Part Full Flow
Non pressure pipes are designed to run
full under anticipated peak flow
conditions. However, for a considerable
period the pipes run at less than full flow
conditions and in these circumstances
they act as open channels with a free
fluid to air surface.
In these instances consideration must be
given to maintaining a minimum
transport velocity to prevent deposition
of solids and blockage of the pipeline.
For pipes flowing part full, the most
usual self cleansing velocity adopted for
sewers is 0.6 metres/second.
e
s
i
g
n
Example 3. Determine
flow velocity and
discharge under part full
flow conditions
From Figure 4.3 Part Full Flow, for a
proportional depth of 0.44, the
proportional discharge is 0.4 and the
proportional velocity if 0.95.
Given gravity conditions:
Pipe DN 200 PE80 PN6.3
Refer to the Vinidex PE pipe flow chart
for the SDR 21 pipe.
Mean Pipe ID 180 mm ( Refer Table XX
PE pipe dimensions, or AS/NZS 4130 )
For a gradient of 1 in 100 full flow is
39 l/s and the velocity is 1.6 m/s.
Gradient 1 in 100
Depth of flow 80 mm
Then, for part full flow
Problem:
Discharge = 0.4 x 39
= 15.6 l/s
Find flow and velocity
Solution:
Velocity
Depth of flow
Pr oportional Depth =
Pipe ID
=
= 0.95 x 1.6
= 1.52 m/s
80
= 0.44
180
Figure 4.3 Part Full Flow
1.0
0.9
0.8
Proportional Depth
0.7
0.6
Discharge
0.5
0.4
0.3
Velocity
0.2
0.1
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2
Proportional Discharge & Velocity
Design.15
d
e
s
i
g
n
Resistance Coefficients
Table 4.9 Valves, Fittings and Changes in Pipe Cross-Section
Fitting Type
K
Pipe Entry Losses
Square Inlet
0.50
Re-entrant Inlet
0.80
Slightly Rounded Inlet
0.25
Bellmouth Inlet
0.05
Pipe Intermediate Losses
Elbows R/D < 0.6
Long Radius Bends (R/D > 2)
45°
90°
0.35
1.10
111/4°
221/2°
45°
90°
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.50
Fitting Type
K
Gradual Enlargements
Ratio d/D q = 10° typical
0.9
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.02
0.13
0.29
0.42
Gradual Contractions
Ratio d/D q = 10° typical
0.9
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.03
0.08
0.12
0.14
Valves
Gate Valve (fully open)
0.20
Reflux Valve
2.50
Globe Valve
10.00
Tees
(a) Flow in line
0.35
(b) Line to branch flow
1.00
Sudden Enlargements
Ratio
d/D
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
<0.2
0.04
0.13
0.26
0.41
0.56
0.71
0.83
0.92
1.00
Sudden Contractions
Ratio
d/D
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
<0.2
0.10
0.18
0.26
0.32
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.48
0.50
Design.16
Butterfly Valve (fully open)
0.20
Angle Valve
5.00
Foot Valve with strainer
hinged disc valve
unhinged (poppet) disc valve
15.00
10.00
Air Valves
zero
Ball Valve
0.10
Pipe Exit Losses
Square Outlet
1.00
Rounded Outlet
1.00
d
e
s
i
/s
g
n
Discharge - Litres per Second (L/s)
IN
)
Ym
32
20
5
SI
)
PN
N/
1.7
1.5
1.2
5
AN
D
16
CL
16 /1
AS
/1 6
2.
S
5
(D
ZE
1.0
20 /16
/1
2.
5
2
25 5/1
6
25/12
25 /10.5
/8
32
32 /16
/6 32 /12
.3
/1 .5
0
40
32
40 /16
/8
40
/
/6 40 12.5
.3
/1
0
50
40
/8
50 50/ /16
/8 50 12
/1 .5
0
63
63 /16 50
63
/6
/6 63 /12
.3
.3
/1 .5
0
75
63
75
/
/6 75/12.5 75 /8
.3 10
/1
6
75
/8
ZE
CIT
SI
C
(
5
AL
D
AN
S
LA
S
0.2
NO
M
0.5
PN
DN
/
LO
VE
2.0
Head Loss - Metres Head of Water per 100 metres of Pipe
AL
IN
M
NO
2.5
Design.17
Flow Chart for Small Bore Polyethylene Pipe – DN16 to DN75
(PE80B, PE80C Materials)
3.0
Flow Chart for Small Bore Polyethylene Pipe – DN16 to DN75 (PE80B, PE80C Materials)
g
n
i
/s
10
0
0
0
0
5
0
11
NO
90
IZE
LS
NA
MI
0
1.5
5
12
14
0
16
0
18
20
0
1.0
22
25
0
28
5
31
5
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
90
00
IN
Ym
NO
M
CIT
IZE
5
s
0.5
AL
S
0.2
e
2.0
LO
VE
d
3.0
4.0
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 41
(PE80: PN3.2 & PE100: PN4)
Design.18
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 41 (PE80: PN3.2 & PE100: PN4)
s
i
/s
e
Ym
10
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
18
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
90
00
N
CIT
MI
5
NO
IZE
LO
d
0.5
AL
S
0.2
VE
1.0
0
16
0
14
5
0
IZE
LS
2.0
12
11
MI
NA
90
1.5
NO
3.0
(PE80: PN4)
4.0
g
n
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 33 (PE80: PN4)
Design.19
g
n
i
c
s
/se
10
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
MI
IZE
LS
NA
90
1.5
NO
11
5
12
14
0
16
0
1.0
18
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
90
00
N
Ym
MI
5
NO
IZE
CIT
e
2.0
0.5
AL
S
0.2
LO
VE
d
3.0
4.0
(PE100: PN6.3)
Design.20
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 26 (PE100: PN6.3)
i
g
n
s
/s
e
Ym
10
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
11
5
12
14
0
16
0
18
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
90
00
IN
5
NO
M
IZE
0.2
d
0.5
AL
S
CIT
LO
VE
1.0
IZE
2.0
LS
NA
MI
90
1.5
NO
3.0
(PE80: PN6.3 & PE100: PN8)
4.0
Design.21
i
g
n
s
/s
0
0
5
0
5
0
1.0
0
5
11
90
IZE
LS
NA
MI
0
1.5
NO
12
14
0
16
0
18
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
90
0
N
Ym
MI
5
NO
IZE
0.2
e
2.0
0.5
AL
S
CIT
LO
VE
d
3.0
4.0
(PE80: PN8 & PE100: PN10)
Design.22
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 17 (PE80: PN8 & PE100: PN10)
e
s
i
/s
d
Ym
N
5
0
0
5
0
5
0
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
80
MI
IZE
0.2
NO
0.5
AL
S
CIT
LO
VE
0
1.0
18
0
16
0
14
5
0
11
90
IZE
LS
NA
MI
2.0
12
1.5
NO
3.0
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 13.6
(PE80: PN10 & PE100: PN12.5)
4.0
g
Design.23
n
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 13.6 (PE80: PN10 & PE100: PN12.5)
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
16
0
0
MI
IZE
LS
NA
90
1.5
NO
11
5
12
14
0
1.0
18
20
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
40
0
45
50
0
56
0
63
0
71
0
n
80
g
i
/s
s
Ym
MI
5
NO
ZE
SI
0.2
e
0.5
NA
L
CIT
LO
VE
d
2.0
3.0
4.0
(PE80: PN12.5 & PE100: PN16)
Design.24
e
s
i
0
45
0
40
5
35
5
31
0
28
0
25
5
22
0
20
0
18
0
5
0
ZE
SI
1.5
g
AL
/s
N
0.5
IN
Ym
OM
ZE
SI
CIT
d
16
0
14
12
11
90
AL
IN
M
2.0
0.25
LO
VE
1.0
NO
3.0
(PE80: PN16 & PE100: PN20)
4.0
Design.25
n
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 9 (PE80: PN16 & PE100: PN20)
i
g
n
s
/s
e
Ym
45
5
0
0
12
0
90
AL
IN
M
NO
11
5
1.0
0
14
0
16
0
18
20
5
22
25
0
28
5
31
35
0
40
0
IN
ZE
SI
CIT
NO
M
0.5
AL
0.25
LO
VE
d
ZE
SI
1.5
2.0
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 7.4
(PE100: PN25)
3.0
4.0
Design.26
Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 7.4 (PE100: PN25)
d
Surge & Fatigue
Surge, or ‘water hammer’, is a temporary
change in pressure caused by a change
in velocity of flow in the pipeline,
whereas fatigue is the effect induced in
the pipe or fitting by repeated surge
events.
e
s
The velocity of the pressure wave,
referred to as celerity (C), depends on
the pipe material, pipe dimensions, and
the liquid properties in accordance with
the following relationship:
  1 SDR  
C = W  +

E  
 K
−0 .5
3
x 10 m/ sec
For Vinidex PE pipes to AS/NZS 4130,
operating under the following limitations,
it is not necessary to make specific
allowance for fatigue effects:
where
(a) The maximum pressure in the pipe
from all sources must be less than the
pressure equivalent to the Classification
of the pipe (PN).
SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio
of the pipe
and
(b) The amplitude between minimum and
maximum pressure from all sources
must not exceed the pressure equivalent
to the Classification of the pipe (PN).
Care must be taken to ensure that the
minimum pressure does not reach a
level that may result in vacuum collapse
(see External Pressure Resistance, page
Design.36).
Surge may take the form of positive and/
or negative pressure pulses resulting
from change of flow velocity, such as
arising from valve or pump operation.
Such changes of flow velocity lead to
induced pressure waves in the pipeline.
W
= liquid density (1000 kg/m3
for water)
K
= liquid bulk modulus (2150 MPa)
E
= pipe material short term
modulus (MPa) refer Table 4.8
i
g
n
This represents the case of a single
pipeline with the flow being completely
closed off. The pressure rises generated
by flow changes in PE pipelines are the
lowest generated in major pipeline
materials due to the relatively low
modulus values.
Further, as medium density materials
have lower modulus values than high
density materials, the pressure rise in
PE80B materials will be lower than that
in PE80C and PE100 materials.
Water hammer (surge) analysis of
pipeline networks is complex and beyond
the scope of this Manual. Where
required, detailed analysis should be
undertaken by experts.
The time taken for the pressure wave to
travel the length of the pipeline and
return is
t=
2L
C
where:
t
= time in seconds
L = length of pipeline
If the valve closure time tc is less than t,
the pressure rise due to the valve closure
is given by:
P1 = C.V
where:
P1 = pressure rise in kPa
v = liquid velocity in m/sec
If the valve closure time tc is greater than
t, then the pressure rise is approximated
by:
t 
P2 =   P1
t c 
Design.27
d
e
s
Celerity
− 0.5
x 103 m / sec
where
W
g
n
Table 4.10 Surge Celerity
The surge celerity in a polyethylene
pipeline filled with liquid can be
determined by:
  1 SDR  
C = W  +

E  
  K
i
= liquid density (1000 kg/m3
for water)
SDR
41
33
26
21
17
13.6
11
9
7.4
Celerity m/s
MDPE (PE 80B)
HDPE (PE 80C)
160
170
190
220
240
270
300
330
360
170
190
210
240
260
290
320
350
390
HDPE (PE 100)
190
210
240
260
290
320
360
390
430
SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio
of the pipe
K
= liquid bulk modulus (2150MPa)
E
= pipe material ‘instantaneous’
modulus (taken as 1000MPa for
PE80B, 1200MPa for PE80C,
1500MPa for PE100)
Design.28
d
Slurry Flow
General Design
Considerations
The abrasion resistance characteristics
and flexibility of Vinidex PE pipes make
slurry flow lines, such as mine tailings,
ideal applications for the material and
such installations are in widespread use
throughout Australia.
The transportation of Non Newtonian
fluids such as liquids or liquid/liquid,
liquid/solid mixtures or slurries is a
highly complex process and requires a
detailed knowledge of the specific fluid
before flow rate calculations can be
performed.
As distinct from water, many fluids
regarded as slurries have properties
which are either time or shear rate
dependent or a combination of both
characteristics. Hence it is essential for
the properties of the specific fluid to be
established under the operating
conditions being considered for each
design installation.
In addition to water flow, slurry flow
design needs to take into account the
potential for abrasion of the pipe walls,
especially at changes of direction or
zones of turbulence.
The most usual applications of Vinidex
PE pipes involve liquid/solid mixtures
and these must first be categorised
according to flow type:
•
Homogeneous Suspensions
•
Heterogeneous Suspensions
e
s
Homogeneous Suspensions
Homogeneous suspensions are those
showing no appreciable density gradient
across the cross section of the pipe.
These slurries consist of material
particles uniformly suspended in the
transport fluid.
Generally, the particle size can be used to
determine the flow type and suspensions
with particle sizes up to 20 microns can
be regarded as homogeneous across the
range of flow velocities experienced.
Heterogeneous Suspensions
Heterogeneous suspensions are those
showing appreciable density gradients
across the cross section of the pipe, and
are those containing large particles
within the fluid.
Suspensions containing particle sizes of
40 microns and above may be regarded
as heterogeneous.
In addition to the fluid characterisations
for both types, the tendency for solids to
settle out of the flow means that a
minimum flow velocity must be
maintained.
This velocity, the Minimum Transport
Velocity, is defined as the velocity at
which particles are just starting to
appear on the bottom of the pipe.
The flow in short length pipelines differs
in that these lines may be flushed out
with water before shut down of
operations. Long length pipelines cannot
be flushed out in the same way and the
selection of operating velocities and pipe
diameter needs to address this aspect.
i
g
n
The design of slurry pipelines is an
iterative process requiring design
assumptions to be made initially, and
then repeatedly being checked and tested
for suitability. The specific fluid under
consideration requires full scale flow
testing to be conducted to establish the
accurate flow properties for the liquid/
particle combinations to be used in the
installed pipeline.
Without this specific data, the
assumptions made as to the fluid flow
behaviour may result in the operational
pipeline being at a variance to the
assumed behaviour. The principles of
slurry pipeline design as outlined in the
methods of Durand, Wasp, and Govier
and Aziz are recommended in the
selection of Vinidex PE pipes for these
applications.
Note:
The published Vinidex PE pipe flow
charts relate ONLY to water or other
liquids which behave as Newtonian
fluids.
They are not suitable for calculating the
flow discharges of other fluids, including
slurries.
For further information on slurry pipeline
design, the designer is referred to such
publications as Govier G.W. and Aziz K,
The Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pipes.
Rheinhold, 1972. and Wasp E.J. Solid
Liquid Flow - Slurry Pipeline
Transportation. Trans Tech Publications.
1977.
Design.29
d
e
s
i
g
n
Pipe Wear
Particle Size
Angle of Attack
Polyethylene pipe has been a proven
performer over many decades in
resisting internal abrasion due to slurry.
It is particularly resistant to abrasion
from particles less than 500 microns in
size depending on particle shape.
The size of the particle combined with
the requisite velocity is one of the
principal factors which contribute to
wear. The rate of wear increases with
particle size with very little wear
occurring on polyethylene systems
below 300 microns. Above this size the
rate of wear will increase proportionally
with particle size with the maximum
practical D50 size around 1mm. Many
researchers have attempted to develop
relationships between particle size and
rates of wear, however, these have not
proven to be accurate due to the wide
variation of slurry characteristics. The
wear mechanism involved is not
thoroughly understood, however, it is
believed the higher impact energy
resulting from a combination of particle
mass and the high velocity required to
transport this larger particle are the
principal contributing factors.
There are essentially two modes of wear,
impingement and cutting. Cutting wear
is considered to be caused by the low
angle impingement of particles. In
practice, cutting wear comprises a
cutting action, and the accommodation
of some of the energy of impact within
the matrix of the material being worn.
Hence, cutting wear also incorporates a
component of deformation wear. The
requirement for wear is that some of the
solid particles must have sufficient
energy to penetrate and shear a material,
perhaps gouging fragments loose. As a
result, a low modulus material such as
polyethylene has very good resistance to
cutting wear due to the resulting
deformation upon impact. In the case of
angular particles the cutting action is
increased resulting in increased pipe
wear.
The abrasive wear of any slurry handling
system is heavily dependent on the
physical characteristics of the solids
being transported. These characteristics
include angularity, degree of particle
attrition, angle of attack, velocity, and the
concentration of solids in the
transporting fluid.
With metal pipes, corrosive wear
interacts synergistically with abrasive
wear, producing rates of wear that can be
many times greater than a simple
combination of the two modes of wear.
Corrosive attack on a piping material can
lead to increasing roughness of the
surface, loss of pressure and localised
eddying, and hence increase the abrasive
attack.
Factors Affecting Rates
of Wear
The wall of polyethylene pipes are worn
by contact with the solids particles. The
principal causes of wear are as follows:
•
Particle Size
•
Particle Specific Gravity
•
Velocity
•
Angle of Attack
Particle Specific Gravity
Similarly, the specific gravity will
increase the mass of the particle
resulting in increased wear. This is a
result of the increased impact energy
from the mass of the particle combined
with the faster carrier velocity.
Velocity
A minimum velocity is required to
provide the necessary uplift forces to
keep a solid particle in suspension. This
velocity also increases the impact energy
of the particle against the wall of the
pipe.
The simple theory of abrasive wear
suggests that specific wear (wear per
unit mass transported) is proportional to
normal force at the pipe wall. Therefore
the wear rate will increase as the angle of
attack to the pipe wall increases. The
increase in angle will also increase the
amount of energy with which the particle
strikes the pipe wall. It is for this reason
that accelerated wear is caused by:
i) Fittings which effect a change in the
angle of flow such as tees and bends
ii) Butt weld joints. Butt weld internal
beads will cause eddying which will
result in increases in angle of attack
of the particle to the pipe wall. As a
result accelerated wear generally
occurs immediately downstream of
the bead. This is usually prominent in
D50 particle sizes over 300 microns.
For coarse particle slurries the
internal bead should be removed.
Design.30
d
iii) Fittings joints. At connections of
mechanical fittings some
misalignment of the mating faces
may occur resulting in increased
angles of attack of the particles.
iv) Change in velocity. Some
compression fittings cause a
reduction in the internal diameter of
the pipe under the fitting resulting in
turbulence. A mismatching valve
bore will also cause turbulence. It is
for this reason that the use of clear
bore valves such as knife gate valves
is preferred for slurry pipelines.
v) Increased velocity. High velocities
are required to create sufficient
turbulence for the suspension of
heavy particles. This turbulence
increases the angle of attack to the
pipe wall, resulting in increased wear
for large particles.
vi) Insufficient velocity. When a system
is operated near its settling velocity,
the heavier particles migrate towards
the lower half of the pipe cross
section. This will cause a general
increase in pipe wear in this area. If
saltation/moving bed occurs, then
the heavy particles will impact
against the pipe bottom, causing an
accelerated wave profile wear. Should
deposition occur on the floor of the
pipe, then the particles above this
deposition will cause the maximum
amount of wear as they interact with
the flow. This is characterised by the
formation of wave marks on the 5
and 7 o’clock position of the pipe.
e
s
Maintenance and
Operation
To reduce the cost of wear on a pipeline
asset it is general practice to rotate the
pipes at the appropriate intervals, this is
particularly important when transporting
sand slurries. In this respect mechanical
joints are useful, although re-welding of
pipes over 500mm has been preferred in
some cases to reduce capital costs.
These mechanical joints are usually
installed at every 20m pipe length to
assist the pipe rotation process and also
permit clearance of blockages.
Slurry pipelines are usually operated as
close to the critical settling velocity as
practical to reduce operating costs.
Unfortunately, if an increase in particle
size occurs, then saltation will
commence increasing friction loss
eventually resulting in a blockage. Other
factors that cause blockages are
increases in solids concentration, loss of
pump pressure due to power failure, or
pump impellor wear. Polyethylene
pipelines may be cleared of blockages by
clear water pumping provided they have
been installed on flat even ground.
Sudden vertical ‘V’ bends with angles
over 10° may cause an accumulation of
solids in the bore, preventing clearing by
clear water pumping. If vertical bends
are unavoidable then they should be
installed with mechanical joints to permit
their easy removal for clearing.
i
g
n
Fittings
A range of mechanical joints are
available for polyethylene slurry
pipelines. They include stub flanges and
backing rings, Hugger couplings,
shouldered end/Victaulic couplings,
compression couplings and rubber ring
joint fittings.
References
The Transportation of Flyash and Bottom
Ash in Slurry Form, C G Verkerk
Relative Wear Rate Determinations for
Slurry Pipelines, C A Shook, D B Haas,
W H W Husband and M Small
Warman Slurry Pumping Handbook,
Warman International Ltd.
Design.31
d
e
s
Pneumatic Flow
i
Where gaseous fuels such as
propane, natural gas, or mixtures are
carried, the gas must be dry and free
from liquid contamination which may
cause stress cracking of the PE pipe
walls.
•
Vinidex PE pipes should not be
connected directly to compressor
outlets or air receivers. A 21 metre
length of metal pipe should be
inserted between the air receiver and
the start of the PE pipe to allow for
cooling of the compressed air.
•
Dry gases, and gas/solids mixtures
may generate static electrical charges
and these may need to be dissipated
to prevent the possibility of
explosion. PE pipes will not conduct
electrical charges, and conducting
inserts or plugs must be inserted into
the pipe to complete an earthing
circuit.
•
Compressed air must be dry, and
filters installed in the pipeline to
prevent condensation of lubricants
which can lead to stress cracking in
the PE pipe material.
In particular:
•
Compressed air may be at a higher
temperature than the surrounding
ambient air temperature, especially
close to compressor line inlets, and
the pressure rating of the PE pipes
require temperature re rating
accordingly.
For air cooled compressors, the
delivered compressed air
temperature averages 15°C above the
surrounding air temperature. For
water cooled compressors, the
delivered compressed air
temperature averages 10°C above the
cooling water temperature.
•
For underground applications where
the PE pipes are exposed to ambient
conditions, the surrounding air
temperature may reach 30°C, and the
pipe physical properties require
adjustment accordingly.
•
High pressure lines must be
mechanically protected from damage
especially in exposed installations.
•
Valve closing speed must be reduced
to prevent a build up of pressure
waves in the compressible gas flow.
Design.32
n
•
Vinidex PE pipe systems are ideal for the
transmission of gases both in the high
and low pressure range.
The use of compressible liquids in PE
pipes requires a number of specific
design considerations as distinct from
the techniques adopted in the calculation
of discharge rates for fluids such as
water.
g
d
e
s
i
System Design
Guidelines for the
Selection of
Vinidexair
Compressed Air
Pipelines
The advantage of using the nomogram is
that no further conversion factors are
required for pipe sizing. Also, when four
of the parameters are known the fifth can
be determined by reading directly from
the nomogram.
It is customary to find the Inside
Diameter of the pipe by using formulas
such as shown below. The formulas used
are generally for approximation purposes
only, surmising that the temperature of
the compressed air corresponds roughly
to the induction temperature. An
acceptable approximation is obtained
through the following equation:
Example for the use of
the air-line nomogram
(Figure 4.4) to determine
the required pipe size
d=5
450.L E.Q 1.85
∆ p.p
where
d = Pipe Internal Diameter in mm
LE = Pipe Length in m
Q = Volumetric Flowrate in L/s
Dp = Pressure Decrease in bar
p = Working Pressure in bar
The use of a nomogram is a quicker and
easier method to source information (see
Figure 4.4). In this nomogram the
Pressure Decrease (∆p) is indicated in
bar, the Working Pressure (p) in bar, the
Volumetric Flowrate (Q) in L/s, the Pipe
Length (LE) in m, and the Pipe Nominal
Diameter DN.
Working Pressure
7 bar
Volumetric Flowrate
30 L/s
Nominal length
200 m
Pressure Decrease
0.05 bar
g
n
4 Using point (3) draw a diagonal
line to the separation line.
5 Go to top of nomogram and use
the point indicating the Length of
Pipe and draw a line down to
meet horizontal line from point
(4).
6 Move to the Pressure Decrease in
the Pipe (∆p) at the bottom of
nomogram and draw a vertical
line up to meet the diagonal
drawn from point (5).
7 The Nominal Diameter of Pipe can
1 Utilising the above operating
figures, proceed to mark those
positions around the perimeter of
the nomogram.
2 Locate the separation line
between (∆p) & (p). (See base of
nomogram.)
3 Commencing at the lower right
hand side of the nomogram draw
a line up from the Working
Pressure (p) to the line indicating
the Volumetric Flowrate (Q).
now be found by reading from
point (6) across to the left hand
side of the nomogram. From this
example DN63 pipe should be
selected. If the completed
nomogram falls between two
sizes of pipe, always use the
larger size.
Correction factors for
fittings
Table 4.11 indicates the approximate
pressure loss for fittings in terms of an
equivalent length of straight pipe in
metres. For each pipeline fitting, add the
equivalent length of pipe to the original
length of pipeline. This length is used for
the calculation of the equation above or
for the nomogram, Figure 4.4.
Table 4.11 Pressure Loss for Fittings
Fitting
equivalent pipe length in m
DN 20
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40
DN 50
DN 63
DN 90
socket welding joint
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
1.1
45° bend
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.2
2.3
90° bend
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.8
2.3
4.5
tees
0.8
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
7.5
reducer
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.9
2.1
Design.33
d
e
s
i
g
n
length of the pipe (L) in m
Figure 4.4
Compressed Air
Flow Nomogram
1
2
5
10
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
Sources:
Feldmann, K.H.:
Druckluftverteilung in der Praxis
(Munchen 1985)
1
1.5
Atlas Copco :
information sheets
5
2
20
3
25
32
10
40
15
20
4
50
3
30
volumetric flow rate (Q) in L/s
nominal diameter DN
5
7
50
63
3
100
90
6
200
300
2
400
500
0.002
0.01
0.05
0.1
0.2
pressure decrease in the pipe (∆p) in bar
Design.34
0.5
1
2
4
6
10 15
working pressure (p) in bar
d
Expansion and contraction of PE pipes
occurs with changes in the pipe material
service temperature.
This is in common with all pipe materials
and in order to determine the actual
amount of expansion or contraction, the
actual temperature change, and the
degree of restraint of the installed
pipeline need to be known.
For design purposes, an average value of
2.0 x 10-4/°C for Vinidex PE pipes may be
used.
The relationship between temperature
change and length change for different
PE grades is as shown in Figure 4.5.
Worked Example
A 100 metre long PE80C pipeline
operates during the day at a steady
temperature of 48°C and when closed
down at night cools to an ambient
temperature of 18°C. What allowance for
expansion/contraction must be made?
1. The temperature change experienced
= 48 - 18 = 30°C.
2. The thermal movement rate
(Figure 4.5) in mm/m for 30°C
= 6.0 mm/m.
3. The total thermal movement is then
6.0 x 100 = 600 mm.
Where pipes are buried, the changes in
temperature are small and slow acting,
and the amount of expansion/contraction
of the PE pipe is relatively small. In
addition, the frictional support of the
backfill against the outside of the pipe
restrains the movement and any thermal
effects are translated into stress in the
wall of the pipe.
s
i
g
n
Figure 4.5 Thermal Expansion and Contraction for PE
20.0
Expansion and Contraction (mm/m)
Expansion and
Contraction
e
17.5
15.0
12.5
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
Pipe Material Temperature Change (°C)
Accordingly, in buried pipelines the main
consideration of thermal movement is
during installation in high ambient
temperatures.
Under these conditions the PE pipe will
be at it’s maximum surface temperature
when placed into a shaded trench, and
when backfilled will undergo the
maximum temperature change, and
hence thermal movement.
60
70
80
Where above ground pipes are installed
in confined conditions such as industrial
or chemical process plants the
expansion/contraction movement can be
taken up with sliding expansion joints.
Where these cannot be used due to the
fluid type being carried ( such as slurries
containing solid particles ) the advice of
Vinidex design engineers should be
sought for each particular installation.
In these cases the effects of temperature
change can be minimised by snaking the
pipe in the trench for small sizes (up to
DN110) and allowing the temperature to
stabilise prior to backfilling.
For large sizes, the final connection
should be left until the pipe temperature
has stabilised.
Above ground pipes require no
expansion/contraction considerations for
free ended pipe or where lateral
movement is of no concern on site.
Alternatively, pipes may be anchored at
intervals to allow lateral movement to be
spread evenly along the length of the
pipeline.
Design.35
d
e
s
External Pressure
Resistance
The possibility of external pressure
(buckling) being the controlling design
condition must be evaluated in the
design of PE pipelines.
All flexible pipe materials can be subject
to buckling due to external pressure and
PE pipes behave in a similar fashion to
PVC and steel pipes.
For pipe of uniform cross-section, the
critical buckling pressure (Pc) can be
calculated as follows:
Pc
=
2380 • E
( SDR − 1)
3
where
Pc
= critical buckling pressure, kPa
E
= modulus, MPa from Table 4.8
SDR = pipe SDR from Table 4.1
As the modulus is temperature and time
dependent, the advice of Vinidex
engineers should be sought for
appropriate values.
Where ovality exists in the PE pipes, the
effective value of the critical buckling
pressure will be reduced.
The reduction in Pc for various levels of
initial ovality are as follows:
Ovality %
0
Reduction 1.0
1
2
0.99
0.97
5
10
0.93 0.86
Where pipes are buried and supported
by backfill soil, the additional support
(Pb) may be calculated from:
Pb = 1.15 (Pc E´)
i
g
n
Tabulations of the value of E´ for various
combinations of soil types and compactions are contained in AS/NZS2566.
The value of Pc calculated requires a
factor of safety to be applied and a factor
of 1.5 may be applied for those
conditions where the negative pressure
conditions can be accurately assessed.
Where soil support is taken into account
then a factor of 3 is more appropriate
due to the uneven nature of soil support.
In general terms, PN10 PE pipe should
be used as a minimum for pump suction
line installations.
Where installation conditions potentially
lead to negative pressures, consideration
may need to be given to modification of
construction technique. For example,
ducting pipes may need to be sealed and
filled with water during concrete
encasement.
In operation, fluid may be removed from
the pipeline faster than it is supplied
from the source. This can arise from
valve operation, draining of the line or
rupture of the line in service. Air valves
must be provided at high points in the
line and downstream from control valves
to allow the entry of air into the line and
prevent the creation of vacuum
conditions. On long rising grades or flat
runs where there are no significant high
points or grade changes, air valves
should be placed at least every 500-1000
metres at the engineer’s discretion.
Soil Description
E´ MPa
Gravel – graded
20
Gravel – single size
14
Sand and coarse-grained soil
with less than 12% fines
14
Coarse-grained soil
with more than 12% fines
10
Fine-grained soil (LL<50%)
with medium to no plasticity and
containing more than 25%
coarse-grained particles
10
with medium to no plasticity and
containing less than 25%
coarse-grained particles
10
with medium to high plasticity
NR
0.5
Where E´ = soil modulus from
AS/NZS2566 - Buried Flexible Pipelines.
Design.36
d
e
s
Trench Design
Table 4.12 Minimum Cover
Minimum Cover
Installation Condition
The recommended minimum cover
depths for Vinidex PE pipes are listed in
Table 4.12.
Open country
Traffic Loading
These cover depths are indicative only,
and specific installations should be
evaluated in accordance with AS/NZS
2566 - Buried Flexible Pipelines.
The minimum cover depths listed may
be reduced where load reduction
techniques are used, such as load
bearing beams, concrete slabs, conduit
sleeves, or increased backfill
compaction.
Trench Widths
In general practice, the trench width
should be kept to the minimum that
enables construction to readily proceed.
Refer to Figures 4.6 and 4.7.
The trench width used with PE pipe may
be reduced from those used with other
pipe types by buttwelding, or
electrofusion jointing above ground, and
then feeding the jointed pipe into the
trench. Similarly, small diameter pipe in
coil form can be welded or mechanically
jointed above ground and then fed into
the trench.
The minimum trench width should allow
for adequate tamping of side support
material and should be not less than
200mm greater than the diameter of the
pipe. In very small diameter pipes this
may be reduced to a trench width of
twice the pipe diameter.
i
g
n
Cover over Pipe Crown (mm)
300
No pavement
450
Sealed pavement
600
Unsealed pavement
750
Construction equipment
750
Embankment
750
The maximum trench width should be
restricted as much as possible,
depending on the soil conditions. This is
necessary to reduce the cost of
excavation, and to develop adequate side
support.
Where wide trenches or embankments
are encountered, then the pipe should be
installed on a 75 mm layer of tamped or
compacted bedding material as shown
on the cross section diagrams. Where
possible a sub trench should be
constructed at the base of the main
trench to reduce the soil loads
developed. AS/NZS 2566 provides full
details for evaluating the loads developed
under wide trench conditions.
Bedding
PE Pipes should be bedded on a
continuous layer, 75 mm thick, of
materials complying with the following
requirements:
•
Sand, free from rocks or other hard
or sharp objects retained on a
13.2mm sieve.
•
Gravel or crushed rock of suitable
grading up to a max. size of 15mm.
Side Support
Material used for side support should
comply with the requirements of the
bedding materials.
The side support material should be
evenly tamped in layers of 75 mm for
pipes up to 250mm diameter, and 150
mm for pipes of diameters 315mm and
above.
Compaction should be brought evenly to
the design value required by AS/NZS
2566 for the specific installation.
Backfill
Once the sidefill has been placed and
compacted as required over the top of
the pipe, backfill material may be placed
using excavated material.
Trench backfills should not be used as a
dump for large rocks, builders debris, or
other unwanted site materials.
•. The excavated material, free from
rocks and broken up such that it
contains no clay lumps greater than
75mm which would prevent adequate
compaction.
Design.37
d
e
100mm
min
s
100mm
min
Bedding
75mm min
Figure 4.6
Wide Trench Condition
100mm
min
D
i
g
n
Allowable Bending
Radius
When bending pipes there are two
control conditions:
Vinidex PE pipes are flexible in
behaviour, and can be readily bent in the
field.
1. Kinking in pipes with high SDR
ratios.
In general terms, a minimum bending
radius of 33 x outside diameter of the
pipe (33D) can be adopted for PE80C,
and PE100 material pipes, whilst a radius
of 20 x outside diameter of the pipe
(20D) can be adopted for PE63, and
PE80B material pipes during installation.
For condition 1
The minimum radius to prevent kinking
(Rk) may be calculated by:
This flexibility enables PE pipes to
accommodate uneven site conditions,
and, by reducing the number of bends
required, cuts down total job costs.
For certain situations, the designer may
wish to evaluate the resistance to kinking
or the minimum bending radius arising
from strain limitation. The long term
strain from all sources should not exceed
0.04 (4%).
100mm
min
2. High outer fibre strain in high
pressure class pipes with low SDR
ratios.
Rk =
SDR (SDR-1)
1.12
For condition 2
The minimum radius to prevent excess
strain (Re) may be calculated by:
Re =
D
ε
2
where
ε = outer fibre strain
Bedding
75mm min
(maximum allowable = 0.04)
D = mean Di (mm)
Figure 4.7
Narrow Trench Condition
Design.38
d
e
s
i
g
n
Deflection
Questionnaire
AS/NZS 2566 Deflection
Calculation for Buried
Flexible Pipes
The following questionnaire is to assist
designers in the calculation of deflection
for buried flexible pipe.
Please photocopy before completing this form.
Retain this master for future use.
Complete all information and forward to your
nearest Vinidex office – refer over leaf.
Company _______________________________________________________________________________
Name __________________________________________________________________________________
Phone ______________________
Fax ________________________
Email ________________________
PIPE DETAILS
Pipe Size and SDR or Class _________________________________________________________________
Pipe Material (ie. PE80/PE100) ______________________________________________________________
TRENCH DETAILS
Depth of Cover (from crown) _________________________________________________________________
Width (at pipe) ___________________________________________________________________________
Depth to Water Table (if above pipe) __________________________________________________________
LOADS
Live Load _______________________________________________________________________________
Dead Load ______________________________________________________________________________
SOIL TYPE
Native Soil ______________________________________________________________________________
Embedment Material ______________________________________________________________________
Degree of Compaction _____________________________________________________________________
Design.39
d
Thrust Block
Supports
PE pipes and fittings joined by butt
welding, electrofusion, or other end load
bearing joint system do not normally
require anchorage to withstand loads
arising from internal pressure and flow.
For joint types which do not resist end
loads, plus fabricated fittings which
incorporate welded PE pipe segments,
anchorage support must be provided in
order to prevent joint or fitting failure. In
addition, appurtenances such as valves,
should be independently supported in
order to prevent excessive shear loads
being transferred to the PE pipe.
Static Pressure Thrust
2PA . sin φ .10-3
R=
2
where
R = resultant thrust (kN)
e
s
Velocity (Kinetic) Thrust
The velocity or kinetic thrust applies only
at changes of direction.
R=
2 w a V 2. sin φ .10-9
2
where
w = fluid density (kg/m3)
a = inside pipe cross section area
(mm2)
i
g
n
The figures in the table below are for
horizontal thrusts, and may be doubled
for downward acting vertical thrusts. For
upward acting vertical thrusts, the
weight of the thrust block must
counteract the developed loads.
In shallow (<600mm) cover installations
or in unstable conditions of fill, the soil
support may be considerably reduced
from the values tabulated, and a
complete soil analysis may be needed.
V = flow velocity (m/s)
The velocity thrust is generally small in
comparison to the pressure thrust.
The pressure used in the calculations
should be the maximum working, or test
pressure, applied to the line.
Bearing Loads of Soils
The thrust developed must be resisted
by the surrounding soil. The indicative
bearing capacities of various soil types
are tabulated below:
P = pressure (MPa)
A = area of pipe cross section (mm2)
Soil Type
(N/m2)
φ = angle of fitting (degrees)
For blank ends, tees and valves
R = PA 10-3
For reducers
R = P(A1 - A2) 10-3
Safe Bearing Capacity
Rock and sandstone (hard thick layers)
100 x 105
Rock- solid shale and hard medium layers
90 x 104
Rock- poor shale, limestone
24 x 104
Gravel and coarse sand
20 x 104
Sand- compacted, firm, dry
15 x 104
Clay- hard, dry
15 x 104
Clay- readily indented
12 x 104
Clay/Sandy loam
Peat, wet alluvial soils, silt
9 x 104
Nil
Design.41
d
e
s
i
Thrust Block
Size Calculations
g
n
Figure 4.8 Thrust Blocks
1. Establish the maximum pressure to
be applied to the line
2. Calculate the thrust developed at the
fitting being considered
3. Divide (2) by the safe bearing
capacity of the soil type against
which the thrust block must bear.
Tee anchorage
Worked Example
What bearing area of thrust block is
required for a 160 mm PN12.5 90° bend
in hard, dry clay?
1. Maximum working pressure of
PN12.5 pipe is 1.25 MPa.
Bend in horizontal plane anchorage
Test pressure is 1.25 x WP
= 1.56 MPa.
2. R =
2 PA .sin φ. 10-3
2
= 3.8 x 10-4 N
Bend in vertical plane anchorage
3. Bearing capacity of hard, dry clay is
15x104 N/m2
Bearing area of thrust block =
3.8 x 10
4
15 x 10
4
= 0.25m 2
Thrust blocks may be concrete or timber.
Where cast insitu concrete is used, an
adequate curing period must be provided
to allow strength development in the
concrete before pressure is introduced to
the pipeline. Where timber blocks are
used, test pressures may be introduced
immediately, but care needs to be taken
to ensure that the blocks will not rot and
will not be attacked by termites or ants.
Valve anchorage
Closed end and hydrant anchorage
Design.42
d
Electrical
Conductivity
Vinidex PE pipes are non conductive and
cannot be used for electrical earthing
purposes or dissipating static electricity
charges.
Where PE pipes are used to replace
existing metal water pipes, the designer
must consider any existing systems used
for earthing or corrosion control
purposes. In these cases the appropriate
electrical supply authority must be
consulted to determine their
requirements.
In dry, dusty, or explosive atmospheres,
potential generation of electricity must
be evaluated and static dissipation
measures adopted to prevent any
possibility of explosion.
e
s
i
g
n
Vibration
Heat Sources
Direct connection to sources of high
frequency such as pump outlet flanges
should be avoided. All fabricated fittings
manufactured by cutting and welding
techniques must be isolated from
vibration.
PE pipes and fittings should be protected
from external heat sources which would
bring the continuous pipe material
service temperature above 80°C.
Where high frequency vibration sources
exist in the pipeline, the PE sections
should be connected using a flexible
joint such as a repair coupling,
expansion joint, or wire reinforced
rubber bellows joint. When used above
ground such joints may need to be
restrained to prevent pipe end pullout.
Where the PE pipes are installed above
ground, the protection system used
must be resistant to ultra violet radiation
and the effects of weathering, PE pipes
running across roofing should be
supported above the roof sheeting in
order to prevent temperature build up.
See Table 4.7 Temperature Rating Table.
Design.43
installation
contents
Handling & Storage
3
Site Preparation
5
Thrust Blocks & Pipe Restraint
7
Pipeline Curvature
7
Relining & Sliplining
8
Pipeline Detection
10
Above Ground Installation
11
Accommodation of Thermal Movement by Deflection Legs
13
Service Connections
14
Concrete Encasement
14
Fire Rating
14
Testing & Commissioning
15
Installation.1
installation
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Installation.2
installation
Handling & Storage
Vinidex PE pipes are available in a range
of sizes ranging from 16mm to 1000mm
in configurations complying with
AS/NZS4130. Pipes may be supplied to
customer requirements in either small
diameter pipe in coil lengths up to
9500m, or in straight lengths up to 25m.
Vinidex PE pipes are robust, flexible, and
offer the installer many cost saving
advantages. Whilst they are resistant to
site damage, normal care and good
housekeeping practices are necessary to
ensure trouble free operations.
Handling
Handling of Vinidex PE pipes is made
easier due to the light weights of both
coiled and straight length pipe. Care
must be exercised however, to avoid
damage to the pipe walls, pre-assembled
end fittings, or sub assemblies.
Safety aspects need to be addressed, as
the nature of PE pipes is such that in
cold and wet weather the pipes become
slippery and difficult to handle. In these
circumstances, additional care should be
exercised when handling coils or bundles
of pipe. In hot weather, especially with
black pipes, the pipe surface may reach
70°C, when the ambient temperatures
reach 40°C. Handling PE pipes at these
temperatures requires gloves, or other
protection, to prevent the possibility of
skin burns.
Fabric slings are recommended for lifting
and handling PE pipe in order to prevent
damage.
Where wire ropes or chains are used,
then all of the contact points between the
slings and the pipe must be protected by
suitable padding. Where pipes are in
coils, the slings must be placed evenly
around the entire coil. Similarly, where
coils or straight lengths are lifted by fork
lift the contact points must be protected.
When lifting coils, the lifting must be
performed on the entire coil, and the fork
lift tynes not inserted into the coil
winding. When lifting packs of pipes, the
tynes must be placed under the entire
pack, and the tynes not pushed into the
pack. Pipes must not be lifted by placing
metal hooks into the ends of straight
lengths.
In conditions approaching freezing, the
impact resistance of PE reduces, and
care must be exercised to prevent
damage during handling.
Pipe lengths greater than 6 metres
should be lifted using a spreader bar, and
wide band slings. PE pipes will flex
during lifting, and care needs to be
exercised to prevent damage to pipes or
end fittings arising from contact with the
ground. Care needs to be taken to centre
the pipe in the slings.
Transport
PE pipes stacked for transport must be
evenly supported in order to prevent
distortion. All bearing surfaces must be
free from contact with sharp objects. Any
projecting sections such as stub flanges
must be supported to prevent damage.
For straight lengths of pipe, suitable
support beneath the pipes is provided by
beams of minimum width 75 mm,
spaced horizontally at 1.5 m centres. For
rectangular stacks, additional vertical
supports at 3 metre spacing should be
used. For pyramid stacks, the bottom
pipe layers also need to be chocked to
prevent stack collapse.
For large diameter pipes (DN 630 and
above) it may be necessary to tom, or
internally support the ends of the pipe in
order to prevent distortion.
Where end treatments such as flanges
are applied in the factory, these
treatments must be protected from
damage.
Where coils are stacked vertically the
stacks may need to be restrained in
order to prevent the bottom section of
the coil being flattened or distorted.
A reduction in the pipe wall thickness of
up to 10% may be tolerated. However,
sections with sharp notches should be
rejected, or the damaged area buffed out
to remove the sharp edges.
Installation.3
installation
Storage
Straight length pipes must be supported
by timber spacers of minimum width
75mm placed at 1.5 metre centres. The
recommended maximum height of long
term stacks is as listed in Table 5.1.
Where pipes are crated, the crates may
be stacked on timber to timber, in stacks
up to 3 metres high.
PE pipes are capable of supporting
combustion, and need to be isolated
from ignition sources. PE pipes must be
kept away from high temperature
sources, and not be in contact with
objects of temperature higher than 70°C.
Storage of PE pipes in field locations
may be subject to fire regulations, and
the requirements of the local authorities
must be observed.
Black pipes do not need protection from
the effects of UV exposure, but coloured
pipes, if potentially exposed for longer
than 6 months, may need protection.
In selecting the method of protection
consideration may need to be given to
temperature effects, as elevated
temperatures may lead to pipe distortion.
Table 5.1 Storage Height
Straight Lengths
PE Material
Height (m)
Height (m)
up to SDR 21
above SDR 21
MDPE (PE63, PE80B)
2.0
2.25
HDPE (PE80C, PE100)
2.0
2.50
Coils
Pipe diameter mm
Coil stacks (number)
up to 32
5
50, 63
4
90, 110
2
Note: Coils must be stacked flat, and even.
Installation.4
installation
Site Preparation
Table 5.2 Recommended Trench Widths
Trench Preparation
Pipe Diameter ( mm )
All other services must be located (such
as telephone conduits, gas, water mains,
sewers, electrical conduits, and cable TV
conduits) in the area of the PE pipeline
before any work commences. This may
require some localised excavation, and
all safety requirements must be
observed.
When pipes are installed on the natural
surface, the pipeline route must be clear
of obstructions and where required,
sufficient space must be allowed for
expansion/contraction movement.
PE pipes may be joined outside the
trench, allowing narrower trenches and
consequent reduced excavation cost.
PE pipes have a density less than that of
water, and may float if water is present in
the trench, and the pipes are not
restrained. Trench excavations need to
be kept free of water, and if necessary,
dewatering equipment installed.
Trench Widths
Table 5.2 lists recommended trench
widths. These values are consistent with
the principles that trench width should
be as narrow as possible in order to
minimise external loads and installation
costs, whilst also affording sufficient
space to provide the specified
compaction.
The actual trench width adopted will be
influenced by the soil conditions, the
jointing systems, and whether joints are
made in the trench.
Minimum Trench Width (mm)
16 to 63
150
75 to 110
250
125 to 315
500
355 to 500
700
630 to 710
910
800 to 1000
1200
Table 5.3 Minimum Cover
Installation Condition
Open Country
Traffic Loading
Cover over pipe crown (mm)
300
No pavement
450
Sealed pavement
600
Unsealed pavement
750
Construction equipment
750
Embankment
750
Poor soil conditions may necessitate a
wider trench to accommodate support
structures or dewatering equipment, and
the ready removal of this equipment after
the pipes have been laid. Where such
supports are used, they must be
removed with care, in order to prevent
disturbance of pipe, bedding or trench
walls.
Pressure pipes, especially in rural areas,
may be installed in narrow trenches with
sufficient space to allow the backfill of
the trench. No additional compaction
may be necessary, and the natural soil
consolidation allowed to occur with time.
Where PE pipes are installed with other
services in common trench situations,
the trench width may be specified by
Local Authority regulations in order to
permit later maintenance activities.
Trench Depths
Where the PE pipe grade line is not
specified, the cover over the top of the
PE pipes needs to be set so that
adequate protection from external loads,
third party damage, and construction
traffic is provided.
Where possible, pipes should be
installed under minimum depth
conditions and, as a guide, the values
listed in Table 5.3 above should be
adopted.
Trench walls in poor soil conditions may
need to be excavated in steps, or be
battered, to prevent collapse of the
trench wall materials.
For embankment installations, a sub
trench may be excavated once the
embankment has been partly built up, in
order to help protect the PE pipes from
construction vehicles, and also lessen
the external loads acting on the pipe.
Installation.5
installation
Bedding Material
Side Support & Overlay
Compaction Standards
The excavated trench floors must be
trimmed even, and be free from all rocks,
and hard objects.
PE pipes act as flexible pipes to resist
external loading, and the side support
materials must be evenly added to the
same compaction standards as the
bedding materials so that the installed
PE pipe is not disturbed.
It is essential that the AS/NZS 2566
compaction levels are attained, as PE
pipes behave as flexible structures.
Large diameter PE pipe installations may
require the compaction at each stage of
the installation to be confirmed by test.
Sidefill materials should be built up
equally on both sides of the pipes in
layers of 150mm, and compacted evenly
to the AS/NZS 2566 design level. The
sidefill materials must be carefully placed
around the haunches of the pipes to
ensure that the PE pipes are evenly
supported.
Where high external loads are
encountered, or where it is not possible
to attain the required level of compaction
in the sidefill materials, a mixture of
sand/cement in the ratio of 14:1 may be
used in the sidefill zones.
In poor soil conditions, an additional
layer of imported bedding material may
need to be introduced, and a geofabric
restraint of bedding/backfill material may
be required.
The bedding materials used in both
trenchs and embankments shall follow
the guidelines of AS2033, and should be
one of the following:
1. Sand or soil, free from rocks greater
than 15 mm, and any hard clay
lumps greater than 75 mm in size.
2. Crushed rock, gravel, or graded
materials of even grading with a
maximum size of 15 mm.
3. Excavated material free from rocks or
vegetable matter.
4. Clay lumps which can be reduced to
less than 75 mm in size.
Excavated materials in accordance with
3. and 4. above are often used for
pressure pipelines and in rural areas.
However, in areas of high loading, such
as under roads, imported materials may
need to be used.
In the majority of PE pipe applications, a
minimum of 75 mm of bedding material
is used in both trenches and
embankments in soil excavations. For
excavations in rock, 150 mm bedding
depth may be required.
Where fittings or mechanical joints are
used, the bedding material may need to
be excavated to prevent point loading. All
pegs and markers used in aligning and
levelling the pipes must be removed
from the trench floor prior to bedding
materials being placed.
Installation.6
Vibrating plate compactors must not be
used until there is a 300mm layer of
overlay soil over the crown of the PE
pipe.
The selection of compaction standard
used in the sidefill materials needs to be
taken from AS/NZS 2566 for the sidefill
materials available on the particular site.
Figure 5.1
Trench Installations
Detector tapes, or marker strips, should
be laid on top of the overlay once a layer
of 150mm soil has been compacted.
Backfill
Material
The overlay materials should be built up
in compacted layers until the overlay
material is to a level of a minimum of
150 mm above the top of the PE pipes.
(See Figure 5.1). Large diameter (450
mm and above) PE pipes require the
overlay materials to be carried to a cover
of 300mm above the top of the PE pipes.
150mm
minimum
Compact.
side
support
75mm
minimum
bedding
Backfill
The remainder of the trench, or
embankment fill may be made with the
previously excavated native materials.
These must be free from large rocks,
vegetable matter, and contaminated
materials, and all materials must have a
maximum particle size less than 75 mm.
Where PE pipelines are installed in areas
with high external loads, then the backfill
materials must be of the same standard
as the bedding and overlay materials.
Figure 5.2
Embankment Installations
Fill material
Compacted
bedding material
D
300mm
min
80mm min.
installation
Thrust Blocks &
Pipe Restraint
Thrust blocks are required for Vinidex PE
pipes in pressure applications where the
joints do not resist longitudinal loads.
The thrust blocks must be provided at all
changes in direction. The standard
methods of calculating the size of thrust
blocks for all pipeline materials are those
used with PE pipes and are contained in
the Design section of this manual.
Where concrete blocks are used, the
contact points between the PE pipe, or
fitting and the thrust block must be
protected to prevent abrasion of the PE.
Rubber or malthoid sheeting may be
used for this purpose.
All fittings and heavy items such as cast
iron valves must be supported in order
to prevent point loading on the PE
materials. In addition, where valves are
used, the torque loads arising from the
opening/closing operations must be
resisted with block supports.
Pipeline Curvature
All PE pipes installed on a curved
alignment must be drawn evenly over the
entire curve length, and not over a short
section. This can lead to kinking in small
diameter, and/or thin wall pipes.
Large diameter PE pipes (450mm and
above) must be joined together, and then
drawn evenly to the desired radius.
Care must be exercised during
construction to prevent over stressing of
joints and fittings. Where mechanical
joints are used, any joint deflection
limitations must be observed. During
installation, minimum radii of 20 x DN
for MDPE (PE63 and PE80B) and 33 x
DN for HDPE (PE80C and PE100) may be
used.
In addition, evaluation of buckling
resistance of thin wall pipes may be
necessary. This should be done as
shown in the Design Section of this
Manual.
Installation.7
installation
Relining &
Sliplining
Vinidex PE pipes have the chemical
resistance properties and longitudinal
flexibility to provide an ideal solution for
relining existing corroded or damaged
pipelines in water supply, sewers, and
drain applications.
Existing pipelines used to transport
aggressive and dangerous fluids may be
restored by relining techniques, and cost
effective solutions are provided by
eliminating the need for open cut
trenches in urban and heavily built up
areas. Installations can be planned
around off peak traffic periods to
minimise disruption and reduce
installation times.
Existing pipelines can be renovated by
inserting Vinidex PE pipes into the old
pipes. Insertion pipes can be pulled into
position by mechanical winches.
Although insertion of the PE pipes will
reduce the internal diameter of the
pipeline, the effective flow capacity of the
renovated line may in fact be greater
than the existing installation due to the
improved pipe wall friction factors of PE
as compared to the existing pipe with
heavily corroded or damaged internal
surfaces. Inspection of the existing line
should be performed by CCTV to provide
data as to the actual likely flow friction
factors.
Relining with PE pipes provides a
structural element that is capable of
withstanding either internal pressure or
external loading without relying on the
residual strength of the original degraded
pipe elements.
Installation.8
installation
Figure 5.3 PE Sliplining Trench Opening
2
1. Where the PE insert pipe is on the
natural surface level
1
R
2H
The dimensions (Refer to Figure 5.3) of
excavations required for slip lining are:
NS
LG1 =
H
LG 2
LG 1
2LG 2
(
)
H 4R − H
2. Where the PE insert pipe is at a
height H above the natural surface
level
LG2 =
(
)
H 2R − H
where
H = depth to invert of existing pipeline
R = radius of liner pipe
Grouting
Grouting of the gap between the outside
diameter of the PE liner, and the inside of
the existing pipe is necessary only when
the original pipe has been damaged to
the extent that there is no residual
external load capacity, or where manhole
connections cannot be sealed off to
prevent groundwater infiltration.
The PE pipes require short length inlet
and exit trenches to accommodate the
PE pipe radius to lead into the existing
pipeline, and the winch assembly used to
pull the PE liner along the pipeline. The
minimum bending radius of the PE liner
can be calculated as described under
Pipeline Curvature in this section of the
manual.
Where grouting is applied, the pressure
should not exceed 50 kPa, and
depending on the PN rating of the PE
liner pipe, external collapse calculations
should be carried out. Where cement
based grouts are used, the temperature
rise in the PE liner due to the heat of
hydration must be taken into account.
The PE liner pipes may be filled with
water prior to grouting to increase the
external pressure resistance, and to
provide additional line weight to prevent
the PE liner pipe floating during grouting,
and losing the final grade line.
Installation.9
installation
Excavation
Jointing the Liner
Pipeline Detection
Sliplining existing pipes using Vinidex PE
pipes allows for a reduction of
excavation in built up areas.
Depending on the diameter of the pipe, a
single length of PE pipe can be installed
to provide a single length of seamless
liner.
Vinidex PE pipes are electrically non
conductive and cannot be detected by
metallic detection devices in
underground installations.
For larger (160mm and above) PE pipes
can be butt welded above ground on site
to provide a continuous length pipe
which can be inspected for joint integrity
before installation.
Several techniques are available to detect
buried PE pipelines.
Only the excavation necessary to feed
the PE liner pipe into the existing line is
required and depending on the total
length of the line and the location of
existing manholes, a liner length of
approximately 100 metres may be drawn
along the line in each section. For small
diameter pipes, the PE can be supplied in
Vinidex pipe reels. This allows for a
single run of PE to be inserted into
existing pipe without the need for
intermediate jointing.
Where the existing service cannot be
taken out of service, or temporarily
blocked off during the relining process,
extra excavation may be required to
allow for the installation of a temporary
diversion line.
The butt weld process provides a joint
which resists longitudinal load and has
the same chemical resistance properties
as the pipe. The external diameter weld
bead sections may be mechanically
removed prior to insertion to prevent any
possibility of snagging on damaged
sections, or protrusions, in the bore of
the existing pipe to be relined. Where
weld beads are removed, care must be
taken not to notch the PE pipe wall. Butt
welded joints must be allowed to cool to
ambient temperature prior to drawing
into the final position so as to prevent
any damage to the joint section.
Metal Detector Tapes
Foil based tapes may be located in the
trench on top of the PE pipe overlay
material ( 150 - 300 mm above the PE
pipe crown ), and these tapes can be
detected at depths up to 600 mm by
metal detection equipment operating in
the 4 - 20 MHz frequency range.
The tape backs may also be colour coded
and printed in order to provide early
warning of the presence of the PE
pipeline during later excavation.
Tracer Wires
PE pipes installed deeper than 600 mm
may be detected by the use of tracer
wires placed on, or taped to, the top of
the PE pipes.
Application of a suppressed current
allows the detection of pipes up to a
depth of 3 metres. However, both ends
of the tracer wire must be accessible,
and a complete electrical circuit present
over the entire length of the pipeline.
Audio Detection
Acoustic, or ultra sonic, noise detection
devices are available which use either the
noise from water flowing in the pipes, or
an introduced noise signal, to detect the
presence of buried PE pipelines.
Installation.10
installation
Above Ground
Installation
Vinidex PE pipes may be installed above
ground for pressure and non pressure
applications in both direct exposure and
protected conditions.
Black PE pipes made to AS/NZS 4130
requirements may be used in direct
sunlight exposure conditions without any
additional protection. Where PE pipes of
colours other than black are used in
exposed conditions, then the pipes may
need to be protected from sunlight.
Where PE pipes are installed in direct
exposure conditions, then the increased
PE material temperature due to exposure
must be taken into account in
establishing the operational pressure
rating of the PE pipes. Localised
temperature build up conditions such as
proximity to steam lines, radiators, or
exhaust stacks must be avoided unless
the PE pipes are suitably protected.
Where lagging materials are used, these
must be suitable for external exposure
applications.
For Vinidex Geberit waste systems, the
pipes are manufactured specifically for
the application and reference should be
made to Vinidex engineers for
comprehensive installation details.
Supports
Pipe hangers, or supports, should be
located evenly along the length of the PE
pipeline, and additionally at localised
points with heavy items such as valves,
and fittings.
The supports should provide a bearing
surface of 120° under the base of the
pipes. The PE pipes may need to be
protected from damage at the supports.
This protection may be provided by a
membrane of PE, PVC or rubber.
Location and type of support must take
into account provision for thermal
movement, if required. If the supports
are to resist thermal movement, an
assessment of the stress induced in
pipes, fittings and supports may need to
be made.
Support Spans
Support spans depend on the pipe
material and dimensions, nature of flow
medium, operating temperature, and
arrangement of the pipes.
In calculating support spans, a
maximum deflection of spans/500
between supports has been adopted as
the basis.
The spans in Table 5.4 are based on the
use of PE80B (MDPE), full of water,
support over multiple spans, and
operating at 20°C for 50 years.
For other service temperatures, the
spans should be reduced as follows:
30°C
40°C
50°C
5%
9%
13%
For fluids with density between 1000
kg/m3 and 1250 kg/m3, decrease spans
by 4%.
For Vinidexair systems, the spans may
be increased by up to 30%.
Installation.11
installation
Table 5.4 Support Spans (metres)
SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio)
DN
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
41
33
26
21
17
13.6
11
9
7.4
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.85
0.95
1.00
1.15
1.35
1.45
1.55
1.70
1.85
1.95
2.15
2.30
2.45
2.65
2.90
3.10
3.40
3.60
3.90
4.20
4.60
4.95
5.35
5.80
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.85
1.00
1.10
1.25
1.40
1.55
1.65
1.80
1.95
2.10
2.30
2.45
2.65
2.85
3.10
3.35
3.60
3.85
4.15
4.50
4.90
5.30
5.70
6.15
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.05
1.20
1.35
1.55
1.65
1.80
1.95
2.10
2.25
2.45
2.60
2.80
3.05
3.30
3.55
3.85
4.15
4.50
4.85
5.25
5.70
6.10
6.55
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.95
1.10
1.25
1.40
1.60
1.75
1.90
2.10
2.25
2.40
2.60
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.80
4.10
4.40
4.75
5.15
5.60
6.05
6.55
7.00
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.75
0.90
1.00
1.20
1.35
1.50
1.70
1.85
2.00
2.20
2.35
2.55
2.75
2.95
3.20
3.45
3.75
4.05
4.35
4.70
5.05
5.45
5.95
6.45
6.95
7.35
0.55
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.10
1.25
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.10
2.30
2.50
2.70
2.90
3.10
3.35
3.65
3.95
4.25
4.60
4.95
5.35
5.80
6.30
6.85
0.55
0.60
0.70
0.85
1.00
1.15
1.30
1.50
1.65
1.90
2.10
2.25
2.45
2.65
2.85
3.05
3.30
3.55
3.85
4.15
4.50
4.85
5.20
0.55
0.65
0.75
0.90
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.55
1.75
2.00
2.20
2.35
2.55
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.45
3.70
4.05
4.35
4.70
5.10
5.50
0.55
0.65
0.75
0.90
1.10
1.25
1.45
1.60
1.80
2.10
2.30
2.45
2.65
2.90
3.10
3.35
3.60
3.90
4.20
4.55
4.90
5.35
Installation.12
Expansion & Contraction
For above ground pipelines, expansion
and contraction movements should be
taken up by the pipeline where possible
without expansion joints.
This may be achieved in lines laid
directly on the natural surface by snaking
the pipe during installation and allowing
the pipe to move freely in service. Where
the final joint connections are made in
high ambient temperature, sufficient pipe
length must be allowed to permit the
pipe to cool, and hence contract, without
pulling out of non end load bearing
joints.
installation
Accommodation of
Thermal Movement
by Deflection Legs
Table 5.5 Minimum Deflection Leg Lengths (m)
Changes in length are caused by
changes in operating temperatures. On
installation of piping systems above
ground, attention must be paid to
compensate for axial movements.
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
In most cases, changes in direction in
the run of piping may be used to absorb
length change, given that appropriate
deflection legs are provided. Otherwise,
compensation loops or special fittings
may need to be installed.
Table 5.5 lists minimum deflection leg
lengths for given run length changes.
See Figures 5.4 and 5.5.
For non-pressure applications, these
values may be reduced by 30%, or for
Vinidex Geberit systems, up to 60%. For
specific data, reference should be made
to Vinidex engineers.
The deflection leg is expressed by:
[ ]
L S = k ⋅ ∆ L ⋅ DN mm
where
Ls = deflection leg (mm)
∆L = change in length (mm)
DN = pipe outside diameter (mm)
Change in Run length ∆ L (mm)
DN
50mm 100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 350mm 40mm 450mm
0.75
0.85
0.95
1.05
1.15
1.30
1.50
1.60
1.80
1.95
2.10
2.20
2.35
2.50
2.60
2.80
2.90
3.10
3.30
3.50
3.70
3.90
4.15
4.40
4.65
4.90
5.25
5.60
5.85
1.05
1.15
1.30
1.50
1.65
1.85
2.10
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.90
3.10
3.30
3.50
3.70
3.90
4.15
4.35
4.65
4.90
5.20
5.55
5.85
6.20
6.55
6.95
7.40
7.90
8.30
1.30
1.45
1.60
1.85
2.05
2.25
2.55
2.80
3.05
3.40
3.55
3.80
4.05
4.30
4.50
4.85
5.05
5.35
5.70
6.05
6.40
6.80
7.20
7.55
8.05
8.55
9.10
9.65
10.15
1.50
1.65
1.85
2.10
2.35
2.60
2.95
3.20
3.50
3.85
4.15
4.40
4.70
4.95
5.20
5.55
5.85
6.20
6.55
6.95
7.40
7.85
8.25
8.75
9.25
9.80
10.50
11.10
11.70
1.65
1.85
2.10
2.35
2.60
2.90
3.30
3.60
3.90
4.35
4.60
4.90
5.20
5.55
5.85
6.20
6.55
6.90
7.35
7.80
8.25
8.80
9.25
9.80
10.40
11.00
11.75
12.50
13.10
1.85
2.05
2.25
2.55
2.85
3.20
3.60
3.90
4.30
4.75
5.05
5.35
5.75
6.10
6.35
6.80
7.20
7.55
8.05
8.55
9.05
9.60
10.15
10.70
11.35
12.05
12.80
-
1.95
2.20
2.45
2.80
3.10
3.50
3.85
4.25
4.65
5.15
5.50
5.80
6.20
6.55
6.90
7.35
7.75
8.20
8.70
9.20
9.80
10.40
10.90
-
2.10
2.35
2.60
2.95
3.30
3.70
4.20
4.50
4.95
5.50
5.85
6.20
6.60
7.00
7.40
7.85
8.25
8.70
9.25
9.85
10.45
11.10
11.70
-
2.35
2.60
2.90
3.30
3.70
4.15
4.65
5.05
5.55
6.15
6.55
6.90
7.40
7.80
8.25
8.80
9.20
9.80
10.35
11.00
11.70
12.40
-
k = material specific proportionality
factor (average value for PE of 26)
Figure 5.4
Absorption of change in length
by deflection leg
F = Fixed Point
LP = Loose Point (eg. pipe clips)
Ls = Deflection Leg
Figure 5.5
Absorption of change in length
by a compensation elbow
F = Fixed Point
Ls = Deflection Leg
Installation.13
installation
Service Connections
Tapping Saddles
Service connections may be provided in
PE pipe systems using tapping saddles
which are either electrofusion or
mechanically connected.
Tapping saddles should not be installed
closer than 100mm to prevent reduction
in pressure capacity in the pipeline.
A range of tapping saddles suitable for
use with Vinidex PE pipes are listed in
the Product Data section of this manual.
Tapping saddles may be used for
tappings up to 30% of the size of the
main pipe or a maximum diameter of
50mm. Where larger offtake sizes are
required, then a reducing tee section
should be used.
Tapping saddles of the mechanical strap
type should not be used on curved pipes.
Tapping saddles of the saddle fusion, or
electrofusion type should only be used
on the top of curved lines, and not be
closer to the end of the pipe than
500mm.
Connection may then be made without
loss of the operating service.
Alternatively, tapping may be performed
on new main lines prior to
pressurisation, and entry into service
using the same techniques.
Direct Tapping
The tapping of services directly into the
pipe wall by drilling and tapping a thread
in the wall material is not recommended
in PE pipes.
Concrete
Encasement
At entry and exit points of concrete slabs
or walls, a flexible joint must be provided
in the PE pipeline to cater for movements
due to soil settlement, or seasonal
expansion/contraction of the soil.
Where expansion joints are provided in
the concrete slab, expansion joints
should be provided at the same point in
the pipeline. At these points a flexible
membrane should be provided to prevent
shear stresses developing across the
joint.
PE pipes behave as flexible structures
when externally loaded, and care needs
to be exercised by the designer when
using concrete encasement so that the
effective strength of the pipeline is not
reduced.
Fire Rating
PE pipe systems will support
combustion and as such are not suitable
for use in fire rated zones in buildings
without suitable protection. The
individual fire rating indices for PE
materials may be established by testing
to the requirements of AS1530.
In multiple storey buildings PE systems
penetrating floor cavities must be
enclosed in fire rated service ducts
appropriate to the Class of the building
concerned.
This practice may lead to premature
failure of the system.
Installation.14
installation
Testing &
Commissioning
Pressure Installations
Pre Test Precautions
Prior to testing, the entire PE pipeline
should be checked to ensure all debris
and construction materials are removed
from contact with the pipes and fittings.
Where concrete anchor or thrust blocks
are used no pressure testing should take
place within 7 days of casting the blocks.
It is essential that all air is removed
from the line prior to commencing the
test procedure. Entrapped air can result
in erroneous pressure/time recordings.
A smaller drop in pressure may be
observed due to thermal expansion.
However, this does not indicate leakage
in the pipeline.
Test sections may be either the complete
line, or, in large installations, in sections
such that the test section can be filled
with water within 5 hours to allow
pressure observations.
Where the installation consists of small
additions to existing pipelines the test
pressure period may be 15 minutes.
Pressure should be built up evenly in the
line without pressure shock.
All mechanical ring seal joints must be
restrained either by sand bags, or by
partial backfilling of the line leaving the
joints open for visual inspection. All
valves must be placed in the open
position, and a valve provided at the end
of the line to allow air to be vented from
the line during filling.
A test pressure of 1.25 times the
maximum working pressure should be
applied for pipelines up to 110 mm in
diameter and 100 metres in length and
also for testing valve anchorages. The
test pressure in these instances should
be held for a minimum period of 15
minutes, and the pressure gauges
inspected for pressure drop readings.
Where thermal fusion jointing has been
used, no testing should take place until
the joints have completely cooled to
ambient temperature.
In addition, all joints must be visually
inspected for evidence of weeping or
leakage.
Local authority regulations may differ
between each other in the pressure
testing routines, and individual
requirements must be followed at all
times.
For large diameter pipes, and for pipeline
lengths up to 800 metres, the elastic
properties of PE are such that the
introduction of test pressures will cause
expansion in the line and require make
up pressure to restore gauge readings.
Pressure Testing
Test water should be slowly introduced
into the PE pipeline until all air is purged
from the line and water flows freely at
the end of the line. The water should
preferable be introduced into the pipeline
at the lowest point to assist the removal
of air.
This volume make up will generally be in
the order of 1%, and may be applied at
the time of initial pressurisation. The test
pressure of 1.25 times the maximum
working pressure should be maintained
for a maximum period of 24 hours, or for
the time necessary to visually inspect all
joints in the line.
The maximum test pressure to be
applied must not exceed 1.25WP. Test
pressure in excess of this value may
strain the pipe material and damage
control appliance s connected to the
pipeline.
High pressure testing using air must not
be carried out.
Note:
Where the time of pressure testing
exceeds 15 minutes, increases in pipe
temperature above 20°C may occur. In
these cases the test pressure must be
derated.
Refer to Table 4.7 in the Design section
of this manual.
Installation.15
installation
Non Pressure Installations
(b) Air Testing
1. Above Ground
Where water is unavailable, or
undesirable, for testing then air testing
may be performed.
All sections of the installation should be
sealed off and water introduced through
a stand pipe to provide a static head of 3
metres above the top point in the PE
pipeline. All openings in the PE pipeline
must be sealed, or plugged, before
starting testing. Either water or air
testing may be performed on non
pressure PE pipelines, depending on the
availability of test water, or the ability to
drain the test water away from the
pipeline alignment after the testing is
completed.
2. Below Ground
(a) Water Testing
For PE drain lines, a riser pipe should be
fitted at the top point in the pipeline to
allow a minimum water head of 1 metre
to be applied. For waste water
applications, a water test pressure of a
maximum of 1.25 WP ( maximum head
at the lowest point ) should be applied
by either a stand pipe connection, or
using a test pump.
The test water should be introduced
evenly into the pipeline, and brought up
to pressure after allowing all entrapped
air to be purged out of the line.
All joints and connections should be
inspected for leakage, and the test
pressure maintained for a minimum
period of 15 minutes after the final joint
has been inspected, or for a period of 30
minutes.
No leakage or loss of pressure should
take place in this period.
All openings must be sealed prior to
testing, and air pumped slowly into the
PE pipeline until a test pressure of 50KPa
is reached.
This test pressure should be maintained
for a minimum time of 3 minutes, and if
no leaks are detected, or pressure loss
observed on the gauge, the air supply
control valve should be turned off and
the test pressure held for a minimum
time of 1 minute.
If the test gauge pressure reading has
not fallen below 35KPa after this time,
then the test should be discontinued.
Should the test pressure drop below
35KPa after 1 minute, then the pressure
should be returned to 50KPa and
maintained until a full inspection of the
PE pipeline has been completed. All
joints and connections need to be
individually inspected for leakage using a
solution of water and detergent poured
over any suspect joint. If a leak is
present, it will cause the detergent
solution to bubble, and foam.
Deflection Testing
PE drainage pipelines are designed to
support external loading within the
acceptable limits of diameter deflection
for structural reasons.
Where this is a critical feature of the
installation, then a plug, or proving tool,
can be pulled along the PE pipeline
between manholes, or other entry points.
For joints without any protrusions into
the pipe bore, the proving plug can be
sized to the minimum internal dimension
allowed in the design. For butt welded
pipes, unless the internal beads are
removed, the plug needs to be reduced
in size to allow for the weld bead.
In both cases, the plug must be able to
be pulled completely through the PE
pipeline.
Flushing and Disinfection
Where Vinidex PE pipes are used for
potable water applications, standard
flushing and disinfection procedures
must be followed.
Some pipe materials require additional
flushing or disinfection in order to purge
contamination rising from the pipe
material itself. Vinidex PE pipes,
however, are made from PE grades that
comply with water quality requirements
without additional treatment.
For potable water applications, the
following procedure may be used:
1. Flush out all construction debris from
the pipes by running water through
the line for 15 minutes.
2. Carry out the hydrostatic pressure
testing.
3. Introduce a chlorine, or chloramine,
solution into the line at a
concentration of 50 mg/l, and allow
to stand for 24 hours.
4. Flush out the pipeline for 15 minutes
to remove all disinfectant and
biological residues from the water.
Large diameter installations may require
a period of up to 8 hours to allow for
complete inspection of all joints in the
pipeline network.
Installation.16
j o i n t i n g
contents
Jointing Methods
3
Thermal Fusion Process
3
Butt Fusion
3
Electrofusion
5
Socket Fusion
6
Mechanical Joint Fittings
7
Flanged Ends
8
Hugger Bolted Couplings
8
Threads
8
Jointing.1
j o i n t i n g
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Jointing.2
j o i n t i n g
Jointing Methods
Vinidex PE pipes are produced in a range
of sizes between 16 mm to 1000 mm
diameter, and these pipes can be joined
by a variety of methods.
Methods include mechanical joints and a
range of thermal fusion procedures. The
nature of the PE materials precludes the
use of adhesive based systems.
Thermal Fusion Processes
Thermal fusion proceeds by melting the
PE material at the joint surfaces,
bringing the molten surfaces together
under closely controlled pressures, and
holding the surfaces together until the
joint has cooled.
In all thermal fusion processes, the field
pipe jointing should only be performed
by trained fusion operators using
properly maintained and calibrated
fusion machines.
The fusion compatibility of PE materials
must be established before welding, and
if doubts exist then the advice of Vinidex
engineers should be sought.
Butt Fusion
Butt fusion is generally applied to PE
pipes within the size range 90 mm to
1000 mm for joints on pipes, fittings,
and end treatments. Butt fusion provides
a homogeneous joint with the same
properties as the pipe and fittings
materials, and ability to resist
longitudinal loads.
All butt fusion should be performed
under cover, and the ends of the PE
pipes blocked off to assist with
temperature control and prevent
contamination of the joints.
The butt fusion process consists of the
following steps which are shown in
principle in Figure 6.2.
1. The pipes must be installed in the
welding machine, and the ends
cleaned with non depositing alcohol
to remove all dirt, dust, moisture,
and greasy films from a zone
approximately 75 mm from the end
of each pipe, on both inside and
outside diameter faces.
2. The ends of the pipes are trimmed
using a rotating cutter to remove all
rough ends and oxidation layers. The
trimmed end faces must be square
and parallel.
3. The ends of the PE pipes are heated
by contact under pressure against a
heater plate. The heater plates must
be clean and free from
contamination, and maintained within
a surface temperature range of 190°C
to 225°C (depending on the size of
the pipe). Contact is maintained until
even heating is established around
the pipe ends, and the contact
pressure then reduced to a lower
value called the heat soak pressure.
Contact is then maintained until the
appropriate heat soak time elapses.
4. The heated pipe ends are then
retracted and the heater plate
removed. The heated PE pipe ends
are then brought together and
pressurised evenly to the welding
pressure value. This pressure is then
maintained for a period to allow the
welding process to take place, and
the fused joint to cool down to
ambient temperature and hence
develop full joint strength. The
pressure adopted in this phase
should be in the range 0.15MPa to
0.18MPa on the ends of the pipes.
During this cooling period the joints
must remain undisturbed and under
compression. Under no
circumstances should the joints be
sprayed with cold water.
The combinations of times,
temperatures, and pressures to be
adopted depends on the PE material
grade, the diameter and wall thickness of
the pipes, and the brand and model of
fusion machine being used. Vinidex
engineers can provide guidance in these
parameters.
The final weld beads should be fully
rolled over, free from pitting and voids,
correctly sized, and free from
discolouration.
When correctly performed, the minimum
long term strength of the butt fusion
joint should be 90% of the strength of
the parent PE pipe.
Butt fusion machines need to be
sufficiently robust to align and
pressurise the pipe ends within close
tolerances, and to provide heating and
pressurisation of the jointing surfaces
within required parameter tolerances.
Jointing.3
j o i n t i n g
Figure 6.1
Butt Welding Parameters
P3
P1
Pressure Pd
P2
Zone 1 Zone 2
Zone 4
DRAG
Time
T1
Zone 1
The most reliable methods of weld
evaluation are the destructive type.
Destructive test methods require tensile
testing of welds and pipe in order to
establish the strength of the weld as a
percentage of pipe strength.
T3 T4
Zone 3
T5
Initial Bead Pressure P1
kPa
Time T1
Seconds (min)
Heat Soak Pressure P2
kPa
Time T2
Seconds
Zone 3
Change Over Time T3
Seconds (max)
Zone 4
Weld Pressure Build Up
Seconds (min)
Welding Pressure P3
kPa
Welding/Cooling Time T5
Minutes
Zone 2
In field applications full QA records of
times, temperatures and pressures
achieved for all joints should be
recorded, and the locations of welds
identified on as-constructed site plans.
T2
Note: The pressure needed to bring the pipe ends together (Drag Pressure) for each
joint must be added to the calculated pressure at each stage.
Figure 6.2
Schematic Sketch of the Butt Welding Process
Flexural testing may also be required in
order to evaluate the effect of any joint
misalignment.
Hydrostatic pressure testing will not
determine the strength of butt welds, due
to the stress across the plane of the butt
weld being only 50% of the hoop stress
in the pipe section.
Weld beads are normally left in place on
the pipe section, unless required to be
removed from the outside diameter to
allow slip lining, or from the inside
diameter to prevent potential material
blockage in sewer rising mains.
Jointing.4
j o i n t i n g
Electrofusion
Vinidex PE electrofusion system consists
of moulded couplings, tapping saddles,
and fittings with electric elements
contained in the fitting. (Figure 6.3).
When a controlled electrical current is
passed through the resistance wire,
there is a temperature increase, the
resulting heat being transferred to the
jointing surfaces until melting occurs.
The joint surfaces are held under
pressure until cooled.
Vinidex electrofusion fittings require a
39.5 (40) Volt power source provided by
a control box from a 240 Volt 50Hz,
single phase supply. Where a generator
is used, this requires a minimum power
of 3 kVA. If multiple control boxes are
used on a project, then a 5 kVA
generator may be required.
Vinidex electrofusion fittings use a single
connection pin of 4.7 mm diameter.
Power connection terminals
Heating element
PE Pipe
Coupling
PE Pipe
Figure 6.3 Electrofusion
1. Cut the pipes square, and mark the
pipes at a length equal to the socket
depth.
2. Scrape the marked section of the
pipe spigot to remove all oxidised PE
layers to a depth of approximately
0.3mm. Use a hand scraper, or a
rotating peel scraper to remove the
PE layers. Do not use sand paper.
Leave the electrofusion fittings in the
sealed plastic bag until needed for
assembly. Do not scrape the inside of
the fitting, clean with an approved
cleaner to remove all dust, dirt, and
moisture.
3. Insert the pipe into the coupling up to
the witness marks. Ensure pipes are
rounded, and when using coiled PE
pipes, re rounding clamps may be
needed to remove ovality. Clamp the
joint assembly.
4. Connect the electrical circuit, and
follow the instructions for the
particular power control box. Do not
change the standard fusion
conditions for the particular size and
type of fitting.
5. Leave the joint in the clamp assembly
until the full cooling time has been
completed.
Electrofusion control boxes must not be
used in explosive atmospheres. In deep
trenches, tunnels, or mine workings, the
power source may require approval by
the local electricity utility.
All electrofusion joints must be carried
out under cover to prevent
contamination by dust, moisture and
dirt, and be clamped to prevent
movement in the joint until the cooling
period has been completed.
Jointing.5
j o i n t i n g
Socket Fusion
Socket fusion of Vinidex PE systems is
available in the diameter range 20mm to
110mm.
Socket fusion consists of jointing
couplings, and fittings with a close
tolerance moulded socket section into
which the pipe or fitting spigot is
inserted.
The fusion process is achieved by
heating the spigot, and socket jointing
surfaces above the crystalline melt point
temperature of PE by insertion into a
heated element tool. The heated joint
sections are then assembled, and held
until cooling to ambient temperature
takes place. See Figure 6.4.
The heater elements are PTFE coated,
and at all times must be kept clean and
free from contamination. The heater
tools need to be set and calibrated to
maintain a surface temperature range of
260°C +/- 5°C. All jointing must be
performed under cover to prevent
contamination of the joints by dust, dirt,
or moisture.
3. Confirm the temperature of the
heating elements, and ensure that the
heating surfaces are clean.
Figure 6.4
Schematic Sketch of the
Fusion Welding Process
4. Push the spigot, and socket sections
on to the heating elements to the full
length of engagement, and allow to
heat for the appropriate period.
See Table 6.1.
5. Pull the spigot and socket sections
from the heating elements, and push
together evenly to the full length of
engagement without distortion of the
joints. Clamp the joints and hold until
fully cooled. The weld flow bead
should then appear evenly around the
full circumference of the socket end.
The completed joints must be allowed to
cool fully to ambient temperature before
performing pressure tests.
Table 6.1 Socket Fusion Times
Pipe Diameter DN
mm
Tool Heating Time
seconds
Assembly Time
seconds
Cooling Time
minutes
1. Cut the pipes square, clean the spigot
section with a clean cloth and a non
depositing alcohol to the full depth of
the socket. Mark the length of the
socket. Clean the inside of the socket
section.
16
5
4
2
20
5
4
2
25
8
4
2
32
10
6
4
40
15
6
4
50
20
6
4
2. Scrape the outside of the pipe spigot
to remove the oxidised layer from the
pipe. Do not scrape the inside of the
sockets.
63
25
8
6
75
30
8
6
90
40
8
6
110
50
10
8
Notes:
1. Heating times are for PN12.5 wall sections.
2. Cooling times are the times for the assembly to be held within the clamps.
3. Socket fusion not recommended for pipes SDR17 and below.
Jointing.6
j o i n t i n g
Mechanical Joint Fitting Plasson Assembly Instructions
Jointing.7
j o i n t i n g
Flanged Ends
Vinidex PE pipes are provided with
flange connections by using PE stub
ends jointed to the ends of the pipes by
either electrofusion or butt welding.
These are used in conjunction with metal
backing plates, and rubber sealing
gaskets in order to provide a
demountable joint. Sealing gaskets are
made from natural rubber or
polychloroprene depending on the fluid
being carried.
Where hot fluids or chemical reagents
are carried, the suitability of the sealing
gasket material must be determined, and
the advice of Vinidex engineers obtained.
The sealing gaskets must be clean and
free from creases when fitted to the
flange assembly.
Flanges are available across the full size
range of Vinidex PE pipes (up to
1000mm diameter), and to the same
pressure PN rating as the pipes.
Metal backing plates are available in hot
dip galvanised form, and thickness to AS
2129, and AS 4087 as required. The
thickness of the metal backing plate
must be assessed for the operating
pressures in each particular pipeline
using the requirements of AS 2129 and
AS 4087.
The fixing bolts must be tightened evenly
around the flange. Bolts must not be
over tightened, and a torque wrench
should be used to prevent buckling of
the metal backing plate.
Jointing.8
Bolted couplings are fitted directly to the
ends of the PE pipes, and the serrated
inside section of the coupling grips the
outside diameter of the PE pipe,
providing longitudinal restraint.
Figure 6.5
Stub Flanges &
Backing Plates
The central rubber sealing ring provides
a pressure seal.
Polyethylene
pipe
Stub flange
The ends of the PE pipes must be cut
square, and be free from all dirt and
grease when pushed together, without a
gap between the pipe ends.
The seal ring must be clean, and fitted
evenly over the ends of the pipe. The
coupling housing must be fitted evenly
over the rubber ring, and the bolts
tightened fully.
Threads
The cutting of threads is not
recommended.
Polyethylene to polyethylene
Back-up plates
Stub flange
Polyethylene
pipe
Gasket
Steel to polyethylene
Gasket
Back-up plate
MS flange
Polyethelene
pipe
Steel pipe
Stub flange
Figure 6.6
Z
Where threaded fittings are used then :
1. Only PTFE tape should be used as a
sealant. Hemp, paste, and petroleum
compounds must not be used.
2. The joint should be made firm by
hand, or by strap wrench to prevent
over straining of the joint. Serrated
jaw wrenches must not be used.
Size 90mm-315mm
3. Where possible, the pipeline system
should be designed so as to ensure
that PE/metal thread joints are such
that the male thread is PE, and the
female thread form is metal.
product.data
contents
Pressure Pipe
3
Polyethylene Pipe Reels
11
Gas Pipe
12
Rural Pipe
13
Low Density Irrigation Pipe
13
Syphon Tube
14
Flood Pipe
14
Fittings for Butt Welding
15
Mechanical Couplings
35
Metal Backing Rings
36
Electrofusion Fittings
39
Metric Compression Fittings
61
Tapping Saddles
85
Polypropylene Valves
89
Rural Compression Fittings
92
Threaded Fittings
100
Compressed Air Pipe & Fittings for Socket Fusion
105
Welding Equipment
111
Product Data.1
product.data
publication.
ABN 42 000 664 942
Product Data.2
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - Coils
T
O.D.
SIZES 16mm to 125mm
T = Average wall thickness ( mm )
PE 80B BLACK
SIZE COIL
O.D LENGTH
mm
m
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
50
300
50
200
25
50
200
25
50
200
25
50
150
50
100
150
100
100
75
100
60
100
75
SDR 21
T
mm
1.7
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
4.6
-
CODE
26860
26861
26862
26863
26864
26865
26866
26867
-
SDR 17
kg/m
0.12
0.16
0.23
0.37
0.58
0.82
1.18
1.18
SDR 13.6
T
mm
CODE
T
kg/m mm
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.1
4.8
5.8
5.8
7.0
7.0
7.9
25992
26000
26008
26016
26020
26024
26028
26032
26036
26040
26045
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
5.9
7.0
7.0
8.6
8.6
9.8
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.46
1.46
2.18
2.18
2.79
CODE
25993
26001
26009
26017
26021
26025
26029
26033
26037
26041
26046
SDR 11
T
kg/m mm
CODE
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.1
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.1
3.1
3.1
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.9
4.9
4.9
6.2
7.2
8.7
8.7
10.6
10.6
12.1
25980
25982
25984
25986
25988
25990
25994
25996
25998
26002
26004
26006
26010
26012
26014
26018
26022
26026
26030
26034
26038
26042
26047
0.14
0.23
0.36
0.55
0.88
1.22
1.76
1.76
2.64
2.64
3.41
SDR 9
kg/m
T
mm
CODE
kg/m
0.07
0.07
0.11
0.11
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.67
0.67
0.67
1.06
1.48
2.14
2.14
3.19
3.19
3.14
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.9
3.9
3.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.6
8.9
10.7
10.7
13.0
13.0
14.8
25981
25983
25985
25987
25989
25991
25995
25997
25999
26003
26005
26007
26011
26013
26015
26019
26023
26027
26031
26035
26039
26043
26048
0.08
0.08
0.13
0.13
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.51
0.51
0.51
0.79
0.79
0.79
1.27
1.78
2.57
2.57
3.83
3.83
4.95
For identification purposes PE pipe can be supplied in other colours, or striped, subject to order quantities.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.3
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
SIZES 20mm to 1000mm
T = Average wall thickness (mm)
PE 80B BLACK
SIZE PIPE
O.D LENGTH
mm
m
20 12
25 12
32 12
40 12
50 12
63 12
75 12
90 12
110 12
125 12
140 12
160 12
180 12
200 12
225 12
250 12
280 12
315 12
355 12
400 12
450 12
500 12
560 12
630 12
710 12
800 12
1000 12
SDR 41
T
mm
2.1
2.4
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.7
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.2
10.4
11.6
13.0
14.5
16.3
18.3
20.7
25.8
SDR 33
CODE
kg/m
26080
26087
26094
26102
26109
26116
26123
26130
26137
26144
26151
26158
26165
26172
26179
26185
26191
26196
26201
26205
26208
0.45
0.62
0.93
1.22
1.53
2.00
2.48
3.07
3.88
4.85
6.05
7.59
9.67
12.28
15.50
19.25
24.02
30.38
38.68
49.08
76.70
T
mm
2.5
3.0
3.7
4.2
4.6
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.1
10.3
11.5
13.0
14.6
16.2
18.2
20.4
23.0
25.8
32.2
CODE
26081
26088
26095
26103
26110
26117
26124
26131
26138
26145
26152
26159
26166
26173
26180
26186
26192
26197
26202
26206
26209
SDR 21
kg/m
0.54
0.78
1.17
1.52
1.88
2.44
3.13
3.86
4.83
5.98
7.48
9.50
12.03
15.30
19.31
23.79
29.95
37.81
48.13
60.94
95.15
T
mm
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.7
6.4
7.1
8.2
9.1
10.2
11.4
12.6
14.2
15.8
17.8
20.2
22.7
25.2
28.1
31.6
35.7
40.1
50.2
CODE
26050
26055
26060
26065
26070
26075
26082
26089
26096
26104
26111
26118
26125
26132
26139
26146
26153
26160
26167
26174
26181
26187
26193
26198
26203
26207
26210
SDR 17
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.16
0.23
0.37
0.58
0.82
1.18
1.78
2.29
2.86
3.76
4.73
5.86
7.41
9.08
11.44
14.42
18.31
23.31
29.52
36.45
45.62
57.67
73.43
92.99
145.52
T
mm
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.1
4.8
5.8
7.0
7.9
8.8
10.1
11.3
12.6
14.2
15.6
17.5
19.7
22.3
25.0
28.1
31.2
35.0
39.3
44.3
-
CODE
26051
26056
26061
26066
26071
26076
26083
26090
26097
26105
26112
26119
26126
26133
26140
26147
26154
26161
26168
26175
26182
26188
26194
26199
26204
-
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.46
2.18
2.78
3.50
4.58
5.80
7.17
9.08
11.14
13.99
17.67
22.55
28.54
36.18
44.57
55.98
70.76
89.99
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 21 & SDR 17 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
Product Data.4
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
PE 80B BLACK
PIPE PIPE
O.D. LENGTH T
mm
m
mm
20
12
1.8
25
12
2.1
32
12
2.6
40
12
3.2
50
12
4.0
63
12
5.0
75
12
5.9
90
12
7.0
110
12
8.6
125
12
9.8
140
12 10.9
160
12 12.5
180
12 14.1
200
12 15.5
225
12 17.5
250
12 19.4
280
12 21.7
315
12 24.5
355
12 27.5
400
12 31.0
450
12 34.9
500
12 38.7
560
12 43.4
630
12 48.9
710
12
800
12
1000
12
-
SDR 13.6
CODE
26052
26057
26062
26067
26072
26077
26084
26091
26098
26106
26113
26120
26127
26134
26141
26148
26155
26162
26169
26176
26183
26189
26195
26200
-
SDR 11
kg/m
0.09
0.14
0.23
0.36
0.55
0.88
1.23
1.76
2.64
3.41
4.28
5.59
7.09
8.71
11.06
13.63
17.08
21.64
27.44
34.83
44.12
54.49
68.33
86.40
T
mm
2.1
2.5
3.1
4.0
4.9
6.2
7.2
8.7
10.6
12.1
13.4
15.4
17.3
19.2
21.6
23.9
26.8
30.1
33.9
38.2
43.0
47.8
-
CODE
26053
26058
26063
26068
26073
26078
26085
26092
26099
26107
26114
26121
26128
26135
26142
26149
26156
26163
26170
26177
26184
26190
-
SDR 9
kg/m
0.11
0.17
0.27
0.43
0.67
1.06
1.42
2.14
3.17
4.13
5.16
6.78
8.57
10.57
13.38
16.48
20.64
26.15
33.18
42.15
53.42
65.88
-
T
mm
2.5
3.0
3.9
4.8
6.0
7.6
8.9
10.7
13.0
14.8
16.6
18.9
21.2
23.6
26.5
29.4
33.0
37.1
41.7
47.0
-
CODE
26054
26059
26064
26069
26074
26079
26086
26093
26100
26108
26115
26122
26129
26136
26143
26150
26157
26164
26171
26178
-
kg/m
0.13
0.20
0.33
0.51
0.79
1.27
1.78
2.58
3.83
4.95
6.22
8.11
10.24
12.68
15.99
19.74
24.81
31.38
39.80
50.00
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 13.6, SDR 11 and SDR 9 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.5
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - Coils
T
O.D.
SIZES 16mm TO 125mm
PE 80C BLACK
SIZE COIL
O.D LENGTH
mm
m
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
50
300
50
200
25
50
200
25
50
200
25
50
150
50
100
150
100
100
75
100
60
100
75
SDR 21
T
mm
CODE
1.7
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
4.6
-
26870
26871
26872
26873
26874
26875
26876
26877
-
SDR 17
kg/m
0.12
0.16
0.23
0.37
0.56
0.82
1.18
1.18
T
mm
1.8
2.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.8
5.8
5.8
7.0
7.0
7.9
SDR 13.6
CODE
T
kg/m mm
26752
26760
26768
26776
26780
26784
26788
26792
26796
26800
26804
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
5.9
7.0
7.0
8.6
8.6
9.8
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.46
1.46
2.44
2.44
2.57
SDR 11
CODE
T
kg/m mm
CODE
26753
26761
26769
26777
26781
26785
26789
26793
26797
26801
26805
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.1
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.1
3.1
3.1
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.9
4.9
4.9
6.2
7.2
8.7
8.7
10.6
10.6
12.1
26740
26742
26744
26746
26748
26750
26754
26756
26758
26762
26764
26766
26770
26772
26774
26778
26782
26786
26790
26794
26798
26802
26806
0.14
0.23
0.36
0.55
0.87
1.22
1.76
1.76
2.51
2.51
3.39
SDR 9
kg/m
T
mm
CODE kg/m
0.07
0.07
0.11
0.11
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.67
0.67
0.67
1.06
1.48
2.14
2.14
3.19
3.19
4.10
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.9
3.9
3.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.6
8.9
10.7
10.7
13.0
13.0
14.8
26741
26743
26745
26747
26749
26751
26755
26757
26759
26763
26765
26767
26771
26773
26775
26779
26783
26787
26791
26795
26799
26803
26807
0.08
0.08
0.13
0.13
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.51
0.51
0.51
0.79
0.79
0.79
1.27
1.78
2.57
2.57
3.83
3.83
4.90
PE80
PE100
Product Data.6
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
SIZES 20mm TO 1000 mm
T = Average wall thickness (mm).
PE 80C BLACK
SIZE PIPE
O.D. LENGTH
mm
m
20 12
25 12
32 12
40 12
50 12
63 12
75 12
90 12
110 12
125 12
140 12
160 12
180 12
200 12
225 12
250 12
280 12
315 12
355 12
400 12
450 12
500 12
560 12
630 12
710 12
800 12
1000 12
SDR 41
T
mm
2.1
2.4
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.7
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.2
10.4
11.6
13.0
14.5
16.3
18.3
20.7
25.8
SDR 33
CODE
kg/m
26369
26376
26383
26391
26398
26405
26412
26419
26426
26433
26440
26447
26454
26461
26468
26474
26480
26485
26490
26494
26497
0.45
0.62
0.93
1.22
1.53
2.00
2.48
3.07
3.88
4.85
6.05
7.59
9.67
12.28
15.50
19.25
24.02
30.38
36.68
49.08
76.70
T
mm
2.5
3.0
3.7
4.2
4.6
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.1
10.3
11.5
13.0
14.6
16.2
18.2
20.4
23.0
25.8
32.2
SDR 21
CODE
kg/m
26370
26377
26384
26392
26399
26406
26413
26420
26427
26434
26441
26448
26455
26462
26469
26475
26481
26486
26491
26495
26498
0.54
0.78
1.17
1.52
1.88
2.44
3.13
3.86
4.83
5.98
7.48
9.50
12.03
15.30
19.31
23.79
29.95
37.81
48.13
60.94
95.15
T
mm
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.7
6.4
7.1
8.2
9.1
10.2
11.4
12.6
14.2
15.8
17.8
20.2
22.7
25.2
28.1
31.6
35.7
40.1
50.2
SDR 17
CODE
kg/m
26339
0.09
26344
0.12
26349
0.16
26354
0.23
26359
0.37
26364
0.58
26371
0.82
26378
1.18
26385
1.78
26393
2.29
26400
2.86
26407
3.76
26414
4.73
26421
5.86
26428
7.41
26435
9.08
26442 11.44
26449 14.42
26456 18.31
26463 23.31
26470 29.52
26476 36.45
26482 45.62
26487 57.67
26492 73.43
26496 92.99
26499 145.52
T
mm
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.1
4.8
5.8
7.0
7.9
8.8
10.1
11.3
12.6
14.2
15.6
17.5
19.7
22.3
25.0
28.1
31.2
35.0
39.3
44.3
-
CODE
26340
26345
26350
26355
26360
26365
26372
26379
26386
26394
26401
26408
26415
26422
26429
26436
26443
26450
26457
26464
26471
26477
26483
26488
26493
-
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.46
2.18
2.78
3.50
4.58
5.80
7.17
9.08
11.14
13.99
17.67
22.55
28.54
36.18
44.57
55.98
70.76
89.99
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 21 and SDR 17 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.7
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
SIZES 20mm TO 630mm
PE 80C BLACK
PIPE
O.D.
mm
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
1000
PIPE
LENGTH
m
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
SDR 13.6
T
mm
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
5.9
7.0
8.6
9.8
10.9
12.5
14.1
15.5
17.5
19.4
21.7
24.5
27.5
31.0
34.9
38.7
43.4
48.9
-
CODE
26341
26346
26351
26356
26361
26366
26373
26380
26387
26395
26402
26409
26416
26423
26430
26437
26444
26451
26458
26465
26472
26478
26484
26489
-
SDR 11
kg/m
0.09
0.14
0.23
0.36
0.55
0.88
1.23
1.76
2.64
3.41
4.28
5.59
7.09
8.71
11.06
13.63
17.08
21.64
27.44
34.83
44.12
54.49
68.33
86.40
T
mm
2.1
2.5
3.1
4.0
4.9
6.2
7.2
8.7
10.6
12.1
13.4
15.4
17.3
19.2
21.6
23.9
26.8
30.1
33.9
38.2
43.0
47.8
-
CODE
26342
26347
26352
26357
26362
26367
26374
26381
26388
26396
26403
26410
26417
26424
26431
26438
26445
26452
26459
26466
26473
26479
-
SDR 9
kg/m
0.11
0.17
0.27
0.43
0.67
1.06
1.42
2.14
3.19
4.13
5.16
6.78
8.57
10.57
13.38
16.48
20.64
26.15
33.18
42.15
53.42
65.88
T
mm
2.5
3.0
3.9
4.8
6.0
7.6
8.9
10.7
13.0
14.8
16.6
18.9
21.2
23.6
26.5
29.4
33.0
37.1
41.7
47.0
-
CODE
26343
26348
26353
26358
26363
26368
26375
26382
26389
26397
26404
26411
26418
26425
26432
26439
26446
26453
26460
26467
-
kg/m
0.13
0.20
0.33
0.51
0.79
1.27
1.78
2.58
3.83
4.95
6.22
8.11
10.24
12.68
15.99
19.74
24.81
31.38
39.80
50.00
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 13.6, SDR 11 and SDR 9 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
Product Data.8
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 100 BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
Sizes 20mm TO 1000mm
PE 100 BLACK
PIPE PIPE
O.D. LENGTH
mm
m
20
12
25
12
32
12
40
12
50
12
63
12
75
12
90
12
110
12
125
12
140
12
160
12
180
12
200
12
225
12
250
12
280
12
315
12
355
12
400
12
450
12
500
12
560
12
630
12
710
12
800
12
1000
12
SDR 41
T
mm
2.1
2.4
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.7
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.2
10.4
11.6
13.0
14.5
16.3
18.3
20.7
25.8
CODE
26531
26537
26543
26550
26556
26562
26568
26574
26580
26586
26592
26598
26604
26610
26616
26622
26628
26633
26638
26642
26645
SDR 26
kg/m
0.45
0.62
0.93
1.22
1.54
2.02
2.49
3.08
3.89
4.88
6.08
7.63
9.72
12.33
15.58
19.35
24.14
30.53
38.88
49.34
77.10
T
mm
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.1
3.8
4.6
5.1
5.8
6.6
7.3
8.2
9.1
10.2
11.3
12.8
14.4
16.2
18.2
20.2
22.6
25.4
28.7
32.2
40.2
CODE
26501
26506
26511
26516
26521
26526
26532
26538
26544
26551
26557
26563
26569
26575
26581
26587
26593
26599
26605
26611
26617
26623
26629
26634
26639
26643
26646
SDR 21
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.16
0.20
0.31
0.47
0.67
0.98
1.47
1.86
2.34
3.08
3.85
4.78
6.00
7.44
9.28
11.81
14.97
18.97
23.99
29.60
37.14
47.06
59.85
75.88
118.40
T
mm
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.7
6.4
7.1
8.2
9.1
10.2
11.4
12.6
14.2
15.8
17.8
20.2
22.7
25.2
28.1
31.6
35.7
40.1
50.2
CODE
26502
26507
26512
26517
26522
26527
26533
26539
26545
26552
26558
26564
26570
26576
26582
26588
26594
26600
26606
26612
26618
26624
26630
26635
26640
26644
26647
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.16
0.23
0.37
0.58
0.83
1.18
1.78
2.30
2.88
3.78
4.75
5.88
7.45
9.13
11.51
14.49
18.40
23.43
29.67
36.64
45.85
57.97
73.81
93.48
146.28
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 26 and SDR 21 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.9
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - PE 100 BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths
T
O.D.
Sizes 20mm TO 1000mm
PE 100 BLACK
PIPE PIPE
O.D. LENGTH
mm
m
20
12
25
12
32
12
40
12
50
12
63
12
75
12
90
12
110
12
125
12
140
12
160
12
180
12
200
12
225
12
250
12
280
12
315
12
355
12
400
12
450
12
500
12
560
12
630
12
710
12
800
12
1000
12
SDR 17
T
mm
1.8
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.1
4.8
5.8
7.0
7.9
8.8
10.1
11.3
12.6
14.2
15.6
17.5
19.7
22.3
25.0
28.1
31.2
35.0
39.3
44.3
-
CODE
26503
26508
26513
26518
26523
26528
26534
26540
26546
26553
26559
26565
26571
26577
26583
26589
26595
26601
26607
26613
26619
26625
26631
26636
26641
-
SDR 13.6
kg/m
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.47
2.20
2.80
3.52
4.60
5.83
7.20
9.13
11.20
14.07
17.83
22.67
28.69
36.37
44.80
56.27
71.13
90.47
T
mm
1.8
2.1
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
5.9
7.0
8.6
9.8
10.9
12.5
14.1
15.5
17.5
19.4
21.7
24.5
27.5
31.0
34.9
38.7
43.4
48.9
-
CODE
26504
26509
26514
26519
26524
26529
26535
26541
26547
26554
26560
26566
26572
26578
26584
26590
26596
26602
26608
26614
26620
26626
26632
26637
-
SDR 11
kg/m
0.09
0.14
0.23
0.36
0.55
0.88
1.23
1.77
2.65
3.43
4.29
5.62
7.13
8.75
11.12
13.69
17.18
21.76
27.58
35.02
44.35
54.78
68.69
86.85
T
mm
2.1
2.5
3.1
4.0
4.9
6.2
7.2
8.7
10.6
12.1
13.4
15.4
17.3
19.2
21.6
23.9
26.8
30.1
33.9
38.2
43.0
47.8
-
CODE
26505
26510
26515
26520
26525
26530
26536
26542
26548
26555
26561
26567
26573
26579
26585
26591
26597
26603
26609
26615
26621
26627
-
kg/m
0.11
0.17
0.27
0.43
0.67
1.07
1.49
2.15
3.21
4.16
5.19
6.81
8.61
10.62
13.45
16.56
20.75
26.28
33.36
42.37
53.69
66.23
Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 17, SDR 13.6 and SDR 11 are available subject to minimum order quantities.
PE80
PE100
Product Data.10
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
Polyethylene Pipe Reels
Vinidex polyethylene pipe is now available
coiled on large reels. The reels are capable
of carrying pipe sizes from 20mm to
125mm diameter in lengths from 250
metres up to 9.5 kilometres.
The availability of extended pipe lengths
allows continuous runs of pipe with
minimal jointing, reducing labour and
material costs. Further advantages are ease
of handling and speed of pipe installation.
The increased rate at which pipe can be laid
also minimises disruption caused by pipe
installation. Site restoration work can start
almost immediately and well-planned
medium size projects can be completed
within a day.
Applications
The polyethylene pipe reels have been
proven in the field on a range of projects,
including:
• Mains relining
• Mains replacement by pipe bursting/
cracking techniques
• Gas distribution pipelines
• Agricultural and horticultural irrigation
• Golf course watering systems
• Direct lay and directional boring
• Plough-in
Customer benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Longer pipe lengths
Ease of handling
Improved rate of laying
Lower installation costs
Shorter installation time
Minimal joints
Ability to control wastage
Protection against damage
Minimal site storage
Reel Sizes – Class A Reels
Pipe Size
Quantity
125mm
250m
110mm
300m
90mm
400m
75mm
600m
Reel Sizes – Class B Reels
Pipe Size
Quantity
75mm
600m
63mm
900m
50mm
1500m
40mm
2400m
32mm
3800m
25mm
6500m
20mm
9500m
Product Data.11
product.data
PE Gas Pipe
AS/NZS 4130 - Series 2
T
O.D.
SIZES 16mm TO 630mm
PE 80C BLACK
PIPE
O.D.
mm
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
SDR 13.6
T
mm
3.22
3.22
3.22
3.22
3.22
4.00
5.00
5.90
7.00
8.60
9.80
10.90
12.50
14.10
15.50
17.50
19.40
21.70
24.50
27.50
31.00
34.90
38.70
43.40
48.90
CODE
SDR 11
kg/m
0.09
0.11
0.17
0.27
0.36
0.55
0.88
1.23
1.76
2.64
3.41
4.28
5.59
7.09
8.71
11.06
13.63
17.08
21.64
27.44
34.83
44.12
54.49
68.33
86.40
T
mm
3.22
3.22
3.22
3.22
4.00
4.90
6.20
7.20
8.70
10.60
12.10
13.40
15.40
17.30
19.20
21.60
23.90
26.80
30.10
33.90
38.20
43.00
47.80
-
CODE
-
SDR 17.6
kg/m
0.09
0.11
0.17
0.27
0.43
0.67
1.06
1.42
2.14
3.19
4.13
5.16
6.78
8.57
10.57
13.38
16.48
20.64
26.15
33.18
42.15
53.42
65.88
T
mm
2.45
2.45
2.45
2.45
2.45
3.10
3.85
4.55
5.50
6.65
7.50
8.45
9.60
10.90
12.00
13.50
14.95
16.85
18.85
21.30
24.00
27.05
30.00
33.55
37.65
CODE
-
kg/m
0.07
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.29
0.45
0.72
1.02
1.46
2.18
2.78
3.50
4.58
5.80
7.17
9.08
11.14
13.99
17.67
22.55
28.54
36.18
44.57
55.98
70.76
For identification purposes PE gas pipe is supplied yellow or black with yellow stripe.
Pipes can be supplied in coils or straight lengths, subject to order quantities. Coils 16mm-125mm, straight lengths 40mm-630mm
Product Data.12
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
T
O.D.
Sizes 10mm TO 50mm
RURAL CLASS B - AS 2698 - 2
BORE
DIA.
mm
20
25
32
40
40
50
50
SIZE
O.D.
mm
22
29
36
43
43
57
57
COIL
LENGTH
m
200
200
150
150
300
100
200
To 60 Metre Head
CODE
22582
22643
22703
22750
22755
22820
22825
kg/m
0.11
0.15
0.23
0.32
0.32
0.57
0.57
300
200
200
150
150
300
100
200
22520
22580
22640
22700
22760
22780
22830
22840
0.07
0.09
0.13
0.20
0.28
0.28
0.50
0.50
RURAL CLASS
13
20
25
32
40
40
50
50
16
22
29
36
43
43
57
57
LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE IRRIGATION PIPE
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
32
32
50
100
300
25
50
100
200
300
50
100
200
25
50
100
200
50
100
200
100
150
24087
24090
24100
24105
24115
24120
24125
24130
24150
24155
24160
24170
24177
24180
24190
24195
24205
24200
24220
24230
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.21
0.21
Product Data.13
product.data
PE Pressure Pipe
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
PLAIN SYPHON TUBE
NOMINAL
O.D.
mm
34.3
43.4
50.0
57.2
63.0
75.0
NOMINAL
I.D
mm
31.8 (1 1/4")
38.1 (1 1/2")
45.0
51 (2")
57.6
67.0
CODE
22741
22811
23291
22883
23351
23403
kg/m
0.23
0.31
0.37
0.47
0.60
0.89
Pipe lengths supplied according to customer requirements.
# These are codes for 1 metre lengths.
FLOOD PIPE
O.D
mm
160
200
250
280
315
400
450
560
630
710
WALL
PIPE
THICKNESS LENGTH
mm
m
5.0
12
5.1
12
6.4
12
7.2
12
8.1
12
10.3
12
11.5
12
14.4
12
16.2
12
18.2
12
Product Data.14
CODE
23653
23716
23805
23837
23908
23956
23968
24008
24009
24020
kg/m
2.34
3.19
5.00
6.30
7.98
12.88
16.18
25.21
31.91
40.40
product.data
PE Fittings for Butt Welding
agru
90° BENDS
SDR 33
SDR 17
SDR 11
d
r
z
CODE
kg
CODE
kg
CODE
kg
20
23
32 ± 2.5
62856
0.01
25
30
38 ± 2.5
62857
0.01
32
32
34 ± 2.5
62858
0.02
40
40
46 ± 2.5
62859
0.03
50
50
58 ± 2.5
62876
62860
0.05
63
60
70 ± 2.5
62877
0.08
62861
0.12
75
72
85 ± 2.5
62878
0.13
62862
0.19
90
85
100 ± 2.5
62879
0.22
62863
0.33
110
105
124 ± 2.5
62892
0.23
62880
0.37
62864
0.58
125
125
140 ± 4
62893
0.36
62881
0.56
62865
0.79
140
140
150 ± 4
62894
0.47
62882
0.75
62866
1.15
160
155
180 ± 4
62895
0.71
62883
1.20
62867
1.70
180
175
200 ± 4
62896
1.06
62884
1.55
62868
2.40
200
195
200 ± 4
62897
1.39
62885
2.20
62869
3.26
225
225
250 ± 4
62898
1.90
62886
3.91
62870
4.46
250
255
285 ± 5
62899
2.35
62887
3.94
62871
6.27
280
260
290 ± 5
62900
3.39
62888
5.66
62872
8.58
315
300
335 ± 5
62901
4.74
62889
6.68
62873
9.84
355
300
340 ± 5
62902
7.22
62890
11.30
62874
17.20
400
300
340 ± 5
62903
9.26
62891
15.70
62875
23.00
450
400
450 ± 5
500
400
450 ± 5
Products above are available in polypropylene, subject to minimum order quantities, special lead times and pricing arrangements.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.15
product.data
agru
90° BENDS - ELONGATED
SDR 11
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
200
225
250
280
315
R
45
52
65
86
85
93
98
105
112
127
166
208
230
255
285
317
Z
100 ± 5
112 ± 5
135 ± 5
156 ± 6
170 ± 6
183 ± 6
203 ± 6
215 ± 6
242 ± 6
262 ± 6
321 ± 6
378 ± 6
408 ± 6
440 ± 6
460 ± 6
545 ± 6
L3
55 ± 4
60 ± 4
70 ± 4
70 ± 5
85 ± 5
90 ± 5
105 ± 5
110 ± 5
130 ± 6
135 ± 6
155 ± 6
170 ± 6
178 ± 6
195 ± 6
175 ± 6
205 ± 6
CODE
62931
62932
62933
62934
62935
62936
62937
62938
62939
62940
62941
62943
62944
62945
62946
62947
kg
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.19
0.35
0.53
0.83
1.31
1.92
3.69
6.72
9.20
12.56
16.60
24.10
PE80
PE100
Product Data.16
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
90° BENDS - SEGMENTED
SDR 41
d
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
R
675 ± 10
750 ± 10
840 ± 10
945 ± 15
1065 ± 15
1200 ± 15
1350 ± 20
1500 ± 20
Z
875 ±
975 ±
1075 ±
1200 ±
1360 ±
1530 ±
1720 ±
1920 ±
10
10
10
15
15
15
20
20
CODE
63034
63035
63036
63037
63038
63039
63040
63041
SDR 33
kg
21.60
29.50
40.70
57.50
91.00
131.00
166.00
230.00
CODE
63026
63027
63028
63029
63030
63031
63032
63033
SDR 17
kg
27.70
38.00
52.50
74.50
117.00
170.00
215.00
295.00
CODE
63021
63022
63023
63024
63025
-
SDR 11
kg
47.70
65.70
90.70
128.00
202.00
CODE
63019
63020
-
kg
73.20
101.50
A pressure reduction factor of 0.8 should be considered when the permissable operating pressure is calculated.
45° BENDS - SEGMENTED
SDR 41
d
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
R
675 ± 10
750 ± 10
840 ± 10
945 ± 15
1065 ± 15
1200 ± 15
1350 ± 20
1500 ± 20
CODE
63057
63058
63059
63060
63061
63062
63063
63064
SDR 33
kg
11.00
12.20
13.70
15.40
17.40
19.60
22.00
24.40
CODE
63049
63050
63051
63052
63053
63054
63055
63056
SDR 17
kg
14.00
15.50
17.40
19.60
22.10
24.90
28.00
31.10
CODE
63044
63045
63046
63047
63048
-
SDR 11
kg
25.50
28.30
31.70
35.70
40.20
CODE
63042
63043
-
kg
41.00
45.50
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.17
product.data
agru
45° ELBOWS - ELONGATED
SDR 17
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
L3
39 ± 1.5
42 ± 1.5
49 ± 1.5
53 ± 1.5
57 ± 1.5
64 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
82 ± 1.5
82 ± 1.5
100 ± 2
177 ± 2
132 ± 2
121 ± 2
126 ± 2.5
157 ± 4
174 ± 4
177 ± 4
Z
44 ± 1.5
48 ± 1.5
57 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
80 ± 1.5
95 ± 1.5
104 ± 1.5
108 ± 1.5
133 ± 2
157 ± 2
177 ± 2
171 ± 2
183 ± 2.5
219 ± 4
244 ± 4
256 ± 4
CODE
63007
63008
63009
63010
63011
63012
63013
63014
63015
63016
63017
63018
SDR 11
kg
0.11
0.22
0.30
0.46
0.70
1.32
2.04
2.26
3.10
CODE
62990
62991
62992
62993
62994
62995
62996
62997
62998
62999
63000
63001
63002
63003
63004
63005
63006
kg
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.10
0.17
0.26
0.44
0.68
1.03
2.05
2.86
3.57
4.76
SDR 9
CODE
kg
62983
62984
62985
62986
62987
62988
62989
-
0.70
1.08
1.65
3.28
5.70
7.62
PE80
PE100
Product Data.18
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
90° ELBOWS - ELONGATED
SDR 17
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
L
60 ± 1.5
67 ± 1.5
55 ± 1.5
69 ± 1.5
68 ± 1.5
78 ± 1.5
90 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
91 ± 1.5
98 ± 2
108 ± 2
133 ± 2
118 ± 2
122 ± 2.5
182 ± 4
196 ± 4
212 ± 4
Z
70 ± 1.5
80 ± 1.5
73 ± 1.5
83 ± 1.5
93 ± 1.5
109 ± 1.5
135 ± 1.5
129 ± 1.5
149 ± 1.5
165 ± 2
190 ± 2
228 ± 2
220 ± 2
239 ± 2.5
307 ± 4
336 ± 4
372 ± 4
CODE
62971
62972
62973
62974
62975
62976
62977
62978
62979
62441
62981
62982
SDR 11
kg
0.19
0.21
0.38
0.60
0.88
1.62
2.41
2.98
3.92
CODE
62954
62955
62956
62957
62958
62959
62960
62961
62962
62963
62964
62965
62966
62967
62968
62969
62970
SDR 7.4
kg
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.09
0.16
0.29
0.33
0.53
0.89
1.29
2.46
3.52
4.56
5.85
CODE
62948
62949
62950
62951
62952
62953
62969
kg
0.85
1.42
2.06
3.94
7.30
9.36
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.19
product.data
agru
TEES - MOULDED
d
L
SDR
33
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
215 ± 3
218 ± 4
253 ± 4
270 ± 4
310 ± 4
340 ± 4
440 ± 4
438 ± 5
500 ± 5
535 ± 5
674 ± 5
680 ± 5
900 ± 10
900 ± 10
I1
SDR
SDR
SDR
17 & 11
33
17 & 11
80 ± 1
10 ± 1.0
84 ± 1
10 ± 1.0
87 ± 1
10 ± 1.0
93 ± 1
9 ± 1.0
100 ± 1
10 ± 1.0
124 ± 1
12 ± 1.0
149 ± 1
11 ± 1.0
203 ± 2
38 ± 1.5
240 ± 2.5 30 ± 2.0 47 ± 1.5
270 ± 3 35 ± 2.0 50 ± 2.0
293 ± 4 20 ± 2.0 48 ± 2.0
318 ± 4 40 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0
352 ± 4 45 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0
385 ± 4 45 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0
442 ± 4 48 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0
438 ± 6 52 ± 3.0 55 ± 3.0
494 ± 6 65 ± 3.0 70 ± 3.0
530 ± 6 77 ± 3.0 75 ± 3.0
658 ± 6 96 ± 3.0 95 ± 3.0
682 ± 6 90 ± 3.0 95 ± 3.0
900 ± 10 130 ± 4.0 130 ± 4.0
900 ± 10 130 ± 4.0 130 ± 4.0
Z
SDR
33
105 ± 3.0
107 ± 3.0
125 ± 4.0
140 ± 4.0
150 ± 4.0
170 ± 4.0
220 ± 4.0
215 ± 5.0
243 ± 5.0
270 ± 5.0
347 ± 5.0
340 ± 5.0
450 ± 4.0
450 ± 4.0
SDR 33
SDR
17 & 11
40 ± 1.0
42 ± 1.0
44 ± 1.0
46 ± 1.0
49 ± 1.0
66 ± 1.0
77 ± 1.0
104 ± 2.0
121 ± 2.0
137 ± 2.0
145 ± 2.0
160 ± 2.0
172 ± 2.5
190 ± 2.5
220 ± 2.5
212 ± 3.0
240 ± 3.0
263 ± 3.0
330 ± 3.0
338 ± 3.0
450 ± 4.0
450 ± 4.0
CODE
63101
63102
63103
63104
63105
63106
63107
63108
63109
63110
63111
63112
SDR 21
kg
0.38
0.54
0.79
0.93
1.23
1.72
2.47
2.75
3.99
5.63
8.61
12.48
CODE
63085
63086
63087
63088
63089
63090
63091
63092
63093
63094
63095
63096
63097
63098
63099
63100
SDR 11
kg
0.09
0.17
0.27
0.52
0.88
1.20
1.67
2.25
2.76
3.78
5.48
5.99
8.69
12.24
19.70
25.20
CODE
63065
63066
63067
63068
63069
63070
63071
63072
63073
63074
63075
63076
63077
63078
63079
63080
63081
63082
63083
63084
kg
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.07
0.11
0.23
0.35
0.63
1.18
1.70
2.48
2.91
3.83
5.37
7.73
8.59
12.47
17.60
26.90
39.00
PE80
PE100
Product Data.20
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
TEES - SEGMENTED
SDR 41
d
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
L
960 ± 10
1000 ± 10
1080 ± 10
1230 ± 15
1310 ± 15
1400 ± 15
1600 ± 20
1700 ± 20
H
480 ± 10
500 ± 10
540 ± 10
615 ± 15
655 ± 15
700 ± 15
800 ± 20
850 ± 20
CODE
63306
63307
63308
63309
63310
63311
63312
63313
SDR 33
kg
18.61
23.84
31.83
45.98
61.39
82.42
119.24
155.23
CODE
63298
63299
63300
63301
63302
63303
63304
63305
SDR 17
kg
23.19
29.43
39.70
57.19
76.48
102.31
148.63
192.45
CODE
63293
63294
63295
63296
63297
-
kg
35.43
36.45
60.34
87.04
116.61
SDR 11
CODE
63291
63292
-
kg
64.08
81.35
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.21
product.data
agru
TEES - ELONGATED
SDR 17
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
L2
37 ± 1.5
40 ± 1.5
45 ± 1.5
51 ± 1.5
57 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
71 ± 1.5
79 ± 1.5
86 ± 1.5
93 ± 2.0
L
109 ± 2.5
117 ± 2.5
144 ± 2.5
168 ± 2.5
189 ± 2.5
220 ± 2.5
260 ± 2.5
279 ± 2.5
317 ± 2.5
353 ± 4.0
Z
57 ± 1.5
59 ± 1.5
71 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
95 ± 1.5
110 ± 1.5
131 ± 1.5
141 ± 1.5
158 ± 1.5
175 ± 2.0
CODE
63163
63164
63165
63166
63167
101 ± 2.0
134 ± 2.0
118 ± 2.0
126 ± 2.5
148 ± 2.5
160 ± 2.5
170 ± 2.5
408 ± 4.0
521 ± 4.0
493 ± 4.0
548 ± 5.0
622 ± 6.0
694 ± 6.0
744 ± 6.0
203 ± 2.0
257 ± 2.0
247 ± 2.0
272 ± 2.5
310 ± 2.5
347 ± 2.5
372 ± 2.5
63168
63169
63170
63171
63172
63173
63174
SDR 11
kg
0.30
0.52
0.68
1.14
1.69
2.44
4.86
5.50
6.73
SDR 7.4
CODE
63146
63147
63148
63149
63150
63151
63152
63153
63154
63155
kg
0.03
0.04
0.07
0.12
0.19
0.37
0.63
0.94
1.53
2.18
CODE
63139
63140
63141
63156
63157
63158
63159
63160
63161
63162
4.09
6.54
7.42
10.34
63142
63143
63144
63145
-
kg
1.50
2.45
3.49
6.54
11.87
16.55
20.10
PE80
PE100
Product Data.22
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
REDUCING TEES - MOULDED
SDR 17
d1
90
90
110
110
125
125
140
140
140
140
160
180
180
180
180
180
200
200
200
200
200
225
250
250
d2
32
50
32
50
63
90
63
75
90
110
125
63
75
90
110
125
63
90
110
125
160
125
110
160
L
203 ± 4
203 ± 4
230 ± 4
230 ± 4
265 ± 4
265 ± 4
290 ± 4
290 ± 4
290 ± 4
290 ± 4
315 ± 4
348 ± 4
348 ± 4
348 ± 4
348 ± 4
348 ± 4
388 ± 4
388 ± 4
388 ± 4
388 ± 4
388 ± 6
435 ± 6
435 ± 6
440 ± 6
I1
52 ± 2
52 ± 2
65 ± 2
65 ± 2
70 ± 2
45 ± 2
82 ± 2
82 ± 2
82 ± 2
50 ± 2
59 ± 3
125 ± 3
115 ± 3
108 ± 3
102 ± 3
93 ± 3
145 ± 3
125 ± 3
120 ± 3
115 ± 3
98 ± 3
136 ± 3
134 ± 3
115 ± 3
I2
23 ± 2
27 ± 2
23 ± 2
27 ± 2
31 ± 2
40 ± 2
32 ± 2
35 ± 2
43 ± 2
43 ± 2
48 ± 2
32 ± 2
31 ± 2
38 ± 2
43 ± 2
50 ± 2
32 ± 2
38 ± 2
33 ± 2
43 ± 2
53 ± 3
40 + 2
37 ± 2
58 ± 3
Z
85 ± 2
93 ± 2
100 ± 2
113 ± 2
112 ± 3
120 ± 3
120 ± 3
130 ± 3
137 ± 3
137 ± 3
150 ± 3
140 ± 3
140 ± 3
145 ± 3
150 ± 3
155 ± 3
150 ± 4
163 ± 4
155 ± 4
165 ± 4
178 ± 4
173 ± 4
195 ± 4
213 ± 4
CODE
63209
63210
63212
63213
63216
63217
63218
63219
63220
63221
63225
63226
63227
63228
63229
63230
63231
63232
63233
63234
63235
63238
63241
63242
SDR 11
kg
0.32
0.42
0.72
0.71
1.04
1.24
1.28
1.41
1.37
1.64
2.06
2.08
2.05
2.13
2.19
2.35
2.94
3.04
3.00
3.13
3.37
4.19
5.48
5.61
CODE
63175
63176
63178
63179
63182
63183
63184
63185
63186
63187
63191
63192
63193
63194
63195
63196
63197
63198
63199
63200
63201
63204
63207
63208
kg
0.56
0.57
0.91
0.95
1.40
1.65
1.83
1.78
1.86
2.19
2.73
2.98
3.02
3.07
3.17
3.22
4.16
4.30
4.31
4.52
4.83
6.22
8.00
7.88
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.23
product.data
agru
REDUCING TEES - ELONGATED
SDR 17
d1
63
75
75
75
90
90
110
110
110
125
125
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
225
225
225
225
225
225
d2
50
32
50
63
63
75
63
75
90
90
110
63
75
90
110
90
125
160
75
90
110
125
160
180
L
215 ± 2.5
256 ± 2.5
253 ± 2.5
255 ± 2.5
269 ± 2.5
272 ± 2.5
309 ± 2.5
309 ± 2.5
310 ± 2.5
I1
63 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
79 ± 1.5
73 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
82 ± 1.5
82 ± 1.5
I2
56 ± 1.5
46 ± 1.5
56 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
64 ± 1.5
68 ± 1.5
65 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
Z2
103 ± 1.5
108 ± 1.5
113 ± 1.5
117 ± 1.5
139 ± 1.5
138 ± 1.5
156 ± 1.5
151 ± 1.5
156 ± 1.5
341 ± 3
343 ± 3
343 ± 3
343 ± 3
391 ± 4
90 ± 2
98 ± 2
98 ± 2
96 ± 2
98 ± 2
83 ± 1.5
65 ± 1.5
74 ± 1.5
79 ± 1.5
83 ± 1.5
170 ± 2
176 ± 2
180 ± 2
180 ± 2
202 ± 3
411 ± 4
441 ± 5
441 ± 5
441 ± 5
105 ± 2
120 ± 2.5
120 ± 2.5
120 ± 2.5
94 ± 2
75 ± 2
79 ± 2
83 ± 2
205 ± 3
227 ± 4
225 ± 4
227 ± 4
488 ± 5
543 ± 5
120 ± 2.5
132 ± 2.5
98 ± 2.5
132 ± 2.5
247 ± 4
277 ± 4
CODE
63267
63268
63269
63270
63271
63272
63273
63274
63275
63276
63277
63278
63279
63280
63281
63282
63283
63284
63285
63286
63287
63288
63289
63290
SDR 11
kg
0.24
0.38
0.41
0.42
0.60
0.57
0.96
0.85
0.90
1.24
1.85
1.91
1.98
2.37
3.07
3.07
4.63
4.67
4.70
5.87
5.87
6.66
CODE
63243
63244
63245
63246
63247
63248
63249
63250
63251
63252
63253
63254
63255
63256
63257
63258
63259
63260
63261
63262
63263
63264
63265
63266
kg
0.30
0.49
0.53
0.55
0.76
0.78
1.25
1.23
1.41
1.84
2.49
2.66
2.74
3.29
6.43
6.49
6.52
7.99
9.54
PE80
PE100
Product Data.24
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
END CAPS - ELONGATED
SDR 17
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
Z
47 ± 1.5
48 ± 1.5
55 ± 1.5
64 ± 1.5
73 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
93 ± 1.5
107 ± 1.5
125 ± 1.5
139 ± 2
155 ± 2
192 ± 2
182 ± 2
212 ± 2.5
230 ± 3
257 ± 3
267 ± 3
L3
41 ± 1.5
41 ± 1.5
47 ± 1.5
51 ± 1.5
60 ± 1.5
68 ± 1.5
75 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
94 ± 1.5
103 ± 2
110 ± 2
142 ± 2
117 ± 2
142 ± 2.5
157 ± 3
162 ± 3
167 ± 3
CODE
63402
63403
63404
63405
63406
63407
63408
63409
63410
63411
63412
63413
SDR 11
kg
0.07
0.10
0.17
0.27
0.39
0.75
1.07
1.36
1.97
2.52
3.48
4.66
CODE
63385
63386
63387
63388
63389
63390
63391
63392
63393
63394
63395
63396
63397
63398
63399
63400
63401
SDR 7.4
kg
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.26
0.43
0.62
1.07
1.68
2.06
3.00
3.92
5.30
7.20
CODE
63378
63379
63380
63381
63382
63383
63384
-
kg
0.42
0.69
0.99
1.70
3.30
4.80
5.20
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.25
product.data
agru
REDUCERS - CONCENTRIC
SDR 33
d1
63
75
110
125
160
225
315
450
630
d2
16
32
63
75
110
160
225
315
450
L
54 ± 2
71 ± 2
63 ± 2
72 ± 2
84 ± 2
94 ± 3
132 ± 3
162 ± 4
189 ± 4
l1
7
11
11
14
14
19
25
21
61
l2
4
11
8
7
9
13
13
19
18
CODE
63431
63432
63433
63434
63435
63436
63437
SDR 17
kg
0.06
0.09
0.16
0.39
1.04
2.63
6.61
CODE
63422
63423
63424
63425
63426
63427
63428
63429
63430
kg
CODE
63443
63444
63445
63446
SDR 11
kg
0.02
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.28
0.62
1.65
4.30
9.95
CODE
63414
63415
63416
63417
63418
63419
63420
63421
-
kg
0.03
0.06
0.14
0.20
0.40
0.93
2.39
6.88
These reducers can be cut.
* L, I1 & I2 refer to SDR33 & SDR17 Reducers
REDUCERS - ECCENTRIC
SDR 33
d1
50
110
160
250
355
d2
16
50
110
160
250
L
57 ± 4
100 ± 2.5
90 ± 4
155 ± 5
200 ± 5
L1
16
35
40
50
70
L2
13
25
25
45
60
L3
13
20
25
30
60
L4
15
22
32
-
CODE
63447
63448
63449
SDR 17
0.16
0.65
1.98
SDR 11
CODE
kg
63438
0.02
63439
0.18
63440
0.40
63441
1.82
63442
4.38
kg
0.12
0.28
1.16
3.35
These reducers can be cut.
PE80
PE100
Product Data.26
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
PE Fittings for Butt Welding and Electrofusion Welding
agru
REDUCERS ELONGATED - ECCENTRIC
SDR 17
d1
25
32
40
50
50
63
63
63
75
75
90
90
110
110
125
125
125
140
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
200
200
225
225
250
280
315
d2
20
25
32
32
40
32
40
50
50
63
63
75
63
90
63
90
110
125
90
110
125
140
90
125
160
160
180
160
200
225
250
280
L1
51 ± 1.5
56 ± 1.5
59 ± 1.5
71 ± 1.5
71 ± 1.5
75 ± 1.5
76 ± 1.5
76 ± 1.5
84 ± 1.5
83 ± 1.5
92 ± 1.5
93 ± 1.5
99 ± 1.5
98 ± 1.5
101 ± 2
107 ± 2
106 ± 2
110 ± 2
118 ± 2
116 ± 2
117 ± 2
117 ± 2
129 ± 2
136 ± 2
136 ± 2
139 ± 2
144 ± 2
L2
38 ± 1.5
40 ± 1.5
44 ± 1.5
45 ± 1.5
49 ± 1.5
45 ± 1.5
49 ± 1.5
56 ± 1.5
57 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
64 ± 1.5
70 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
79 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
79 ± 1.5
87 ± 1.5
95 ± 2
79 ± 1.5
87 ± 1.5
92 ± 2
99 ± 2
79 ± 1.5
94 ± 2
105 ± 2
105 ± 2
112 ± 2
L
103 ± 2.5
114 ± 2.5
125 ± 2.5
156 ± 2.5
157 ± 2.5
177 ± 2.5
177 ± 2.5
177 ± 2.5
197 ± 2.5
197 ± 2.5
220 ± 2.5
218 ± 2.5
247 ± 2.5
244 ± 2.5
265 ± 3
266 ± 3
265 ± 3
283 ± 4
309 ± 4
309 ± 4
309 ± 4
308 ± 4
348 ± 4
353 ± 4
353 ± 4
373 ± 4
373 ± 4
156 ± 2.5
174 ± 3
118 ± 2.5
127 ± 2.5
403 ± 5
440 ± 6
CODE
63482
63483
63484
63485
63486
63487
63488
63489
63490
63491
63492
63493
63494
63495
63496
63497
63498
63499
63500
63501
63502
63503
63504
63505
63506
SDR 11
kg
0.10
0.14
0.17
0.24
0.26
0.39
0.44
0.49
0.54
0.60
0.82
0.82
1.00
1.20
1.35
1.34
1.47
2.08
2.21
2.69
3.07
4.10
5.42
7.39
CODE
63450
63451
63452
63453
63454
63455
63456
63457
63458
63459
63460
63461
63462
63463
63464
63465
63466
63467
63468
63469
63470
63471
63472
63473
63474
63475
63476
63477
63478
63479
63480
63481
kg
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.08
0.09
0.12
0.14
0.15
0.21
0.25
0.36
0.39
0.57
0.65
0.76
0.84
0.93
1.27
1.22
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.07
2.27
2.56
3.20
3.41
4.15
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.27
product.data
L
DE2
DE1
REDUCERS - CONCENTRIC
DE1
75
90
90
110
110
110
125
125
125
125
140
140
140
140
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
225
225
225
250
250
250
DE2
63
63
75
63
75
90
63
75
90
110
75
90
110
125
90
110
125
140
110
125
140
160
140
160
200
160
200
225
L
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11
kg
kg
kg
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.14
0.16
0.20
0.14
0.16
0.20
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.21
0.25
0.30
0.30
0.34
0.41
0.25
0.32
0.40
0.25
0.32
0.39
0.30
0.35
0.41
0.35
0.43
0.51
0.35
0.40
0.49
0.35
0.42
0.51
0.35
0.43
0.52
0.46
0.55
0.70
0.45
0.55
0.67
0.45
0.55
0.66
0.45
0.55
0.66
0.73
0.90
1.20
0.68
0.82
1.00
0.67
0.80
0.97
0.66
0.81
0.98
0.86
1.04
1.26
0.85
1.03
1.25
0.90
1.10
1.33
1.06
1.22
1.60
1.10
1.40
1.60
1.12
1.40
1.70
PE80
PE100
Product Data.28
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
DE1
280
280
280
315
315
315
315
355
355
355
355
400
400
400
450
450
450
500
500
500
630
630
630
630
710
710
710
800
800
800
1000
1000
1000
SDR 26
PN 6.3
DE2
200
225
250
200
225
250
280
225
250
280
315
250
280
315
315
355
400
355
400
450
400
450
500
560
500
560
630
560
630
710
610
710
800
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11
kg
kg
kg
1.40
1.70
2.10
1.40
1.70
2.10
1.40
1.70
2.10
1.85
2.30
2.70
1.80
2.20
2.60
1.75
2.20
2.60
1.75
2.20
2.60
2.40
2.70
3.50
2.20
2.70
3.30
2.20
2.70
3.30
2.30
2.70
3.30
2.70
3.30
4.00
2.60
3.20
3.90
2.60
3.20
3.40
3.60
4.70
5.30
3.50
4.30
5.20
3.60
4.40
5.30
4.30
5.40
6.60
4.30
5.40
6.50
4.30
5.40
6.60
7.40
9.00 11.00
7.00
8.30
9.75
6.50
7.80
9.60
L
90
90
90
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
UNIONS
SDR 11
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
s
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.7
4.6
5.8
I
103 ± 2.5
111 ± 2.5
117.5 ± 2.5
124 ± 2.5
132 ± 2.5
137 ± 2.5
I1
18 ± 1.5
18 ± 1.5
22 ± 1.5
22 ± 1.5
22 ± 1.5
23 ± 1.5
dm
51 ± 1.5
57 ± 1.5
63 ± 1.5
73.5 ± 1.5
86.5 ± 1.5
105 ± 1.5
b
34.5 ± 1.5
36 ± 1.5
37 ± 1.5
41.5 ± 1.5
46.5 ± 1.5
49 ± 1.5
CODE
63523
63524
63525
63526
63527
63528
kg
0.07
0.10
0.12
0.17
0.30
0.38
Note: PE Unions have a maximum working pressure of 1200 kPa
ADAPTORS – FEMALE BSP
SDR 11
d
20 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 50
s
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.7
4.6
5.8
I
45 ± 2.5
50 ± 2.5
58 ± 2.5
62 ± 2.5
68 ± 2.5
75 ± 2.5
I1
21 ± 1.5
25 ± 1.5
30 ± 1.5
30 ± 1.5
34 ± 1.5
36 ± 1.5
I2
16 ± 1.5
17 ± 1.5
20 ± 1.5
24 ± 1.5
24 ± 1.5
28 ± 1.5
D
22
27
36
46
55
65
CODE
63535
63536
63537
63538
63539
63540
kg
0.01
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.10
0.16
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.29
product.data
agru
ADAPTORS - MALE BSP
SDR 11
d
20 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 50
s
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.7
4.6
5.8
I
46 ± 2.5
51 ± 2.5
61 ± 2.5
66 ± 2.5
74 ± 2.5
80 ± 2.5
I1
19 ± 1.5
22 ± 1.5
28 ± 1.5
29 ± 1.5
32 ± 1.5
35 ± 1.5
I2
18 ± 1.5
20 ± 1.5
24 ± 1.5
26 ± 1.5
28 ± 1.5
31 ± 1.5
D
22
27
36
46
55
65
CODE
63529
63530
63531
63532
63533
63534
kg
0.01
0.01
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.09
PE80
PE100
Product Data.30
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
agru
PIPE HOLDERS
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
H
25
27
30
30
37
40
H1
8
8
8
8
8
10
A
25
29
34
39
50
56
B
14
14
16
16
18
20
C
8
8
8
8
8
8
A
78
94
108
132
150
164
184
214
236
260
B
30
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
X
84
90
90
90
110
110
110
110
110
110
D
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
E
11
11
11
11
11
11
F
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
CODE
63517
63518
63519
63520
63521
63522
kg
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.02
CODE
63507
63508
63509
63510
63511
63512
63513
63514
63515
63516
kg
0.08
0.15
0.20
0.24
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
1.00
For fastening with screws.
PIPE CLIPS
d
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
Z1
52
61
67
80
94
109
119
136
147
157
H
94
112
128
153
175
199
220
252
270
293
With stainless steel clamp for fastening with screws, welding and nail guns.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.31
product.data
STUB FLANGES
d
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
1000
D1
96
108
128
160
192
192
217
274
274
334
334
384
444
495
558
615
669
726
815
952
1143
Z
50
50
60
60
65
65
65
75
75
80
80
80
90
90
90
105
105
105
110
110
110
H
14
14
14
14
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
55
55
60
60
60
SDR 21
CODE
kg
71661
0.10
71679
0.15
71697
0.20
71715
0.30
71733
0.65
71751
0.55
71769
0.65
71805
1.15
71823
1.05
71841
2.95
71859
2.80
71877
2.35
71895
3.85
71913
4.85
71931
6.15
71949
8.40
71967
9.95
71985
14.80
72003
72021
72057
PE80
PE100
Product Data.32
SDR 17
CODE
kg
71161
0.10
71162
0.15
71163
0.25
71164
0.32
71165
0.65
71166
0.60
71167
0.70
71168
1.25
71169
1.35
71305
2.10
71301
2.40
71285
2.65
71173
3.90
71174
5.20
71175
6.70
71176
9.10
-
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 13.6
CODE
kg
71665
0.10
71683
0.20
71701
0.25
71719
0.40
71737
0.75
71755
0.65
71773
0.80
71809
1.35
71827
1.30
71845
2.45
71863
2.15
71881
2.90
71899
4.10
71917
5.60
71935
7.20
71953
10.10
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 11
CODE
kg
71177
0.15
71178
0.20
71179
0.25
71180
0.45
71181
0.75
71182
0.85
71183
0.85
71184
1.50
71185
1.50
71186
2.50
71187
3.00
71188
3.20
71189
5.30
71190
6.40
71191
8.20
-
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 9
CODE
71669
71687
71705
71723
71741
71759
71777
71813
71831
71849
71867
71885
71903
71921
71939
-
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
kg
0.15
0.25
0.30
0.50
0.85
0.95
1.00
1.65
1.75
2.75
3.10
3.70
5.75
7.05
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
45° SWEEP BENDS - EXTENDED
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
Z
112
112
123
136
153
175
229
229
254
304
343
343
420
420
507
507
558
650
1014
1167
1270
1673
1776
1945
2175
I
70
70
70
70
70
75
100
100
100
150
150
150
200
200
250
250
250
250
564
659
700
1039
1098
850
930
R
100
100
128
160
175
225
305
305
380
380
460
460
535
535
615
615
715
780
1110
1250
1400
1557
1659
1750
1900
SDR 21
CODE
kg
62591
0.32
62592
0.53
62593
1.07
62594
1.60
62595
2.04
62596
2.56
62597
3.36
62598
6.27
62599
8.58
62600
10.50
62601
14.28
62602
17.95
62603
20.07
62604
29.75
SDR 17
CODE
kg
62605
0.32
62606
0.65
62607
1.07
62608
1.96
62609
2.04
62610
3.13
62611
3.36
62612
7.66
62613
8.58
62614
12.89
62615
14.28
62616
22.09
62617
24.76
62618
36.37
SDR 13.6
CODE
kg
62619
0.49
62620
0.78
62621
1.58
62622
2.37
62623
3.05
62624
3.82
62625
4.98
62626
9.28
62627
12.80
62628
15.77
62629
21.28
62630
26.98
62631
30.13
62632
44.40
SDR 11
CODE
kg
62633
0.04
62634
0.07
62635
0.11
62636
0.21
62637
0.37
62638
0.59
62639
0.94
62640
1.92
62641
2.85
62642
3.69
62643
4.60
62644
6.04
62645
11.30
62646
15.49
62647
19.05
62648
25.73
62649
32.57
62650
36.41
62651
53.73
SDR 9
CODE
kg
62652
0.05
62653
0.08
62654
0.13
62655
0.24
62656
0.44
62657
0.71
62658
1.13
62659
2.30
62660
3.42
62661
4.41
62662
5.54
62663
7.22
62664
13.55
62665
18.52
62666
22.84
62667
30.92
62668
39.11
62669
43.66
62670
64.50
These bends are available in other angles, subject to order quantities and special lead times and pricing.
PE80
PE100
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
Product Data.33
product.data
90° SWEEP BENDS - EXTENDED
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
Z
170
170
196
230
255
300
405
405
480
530
610
610
735
735
865
865
965
1130
1110
1250
1400
1557
1659
1760
1900
I
70
70
70
70
70
75
100
100
100
150
150
150
200
200
250
250
250
250
628
779
750
777
797
850
930
R
100
100
128
160
175
225
305
305
380
380
460
460
535
535
615
615
715
780
1738
1968
2150
2334
2456
2600
2830
SDR 21
CODE
kg
62511
0.36
62512
0.59
62513
1.07
62514
1.60
62515
2.66
62516
3.33
62517
4.36
62518
7.84
62519
9.90
62520
12.93
62521
18.36
62522
23.08
62523
31.29
62524
47.76
SDR 17
CODE
kg
62525
0.45
62526
0.73
62527
1.31
62528
1.96
62529
3.24
62530
4.07
62531
5.31
62532
9.57
62533
12.14
62534
15.87
62535
22.43
62536
28.40
62537
38.59
62538
58.39
SDR 13.6
CODE
kg
62539
0.55
62540
0.88
62541
1.58
62542
2.37
62543
3.96
62544
4.96
62545
6.48
62546
11.60
62547
14.77
62548
19.41
62549
27.36
62550
34.68
62551
46.95
62552
71.28
SDR 11
CODE
kg
62553
0.05
62554
0.08
62555
0.12
62556
0.23
62557
0.42
62558
0.66
62559
1.06
62560
1.92
62561
2.85
62562
4.80
62563
5.98
62564
7.85
62565
14.12
62566
17.87
62567
23.45
62568
33.08
62569
41.87
62570
56.75
62571
86.25
SDR 9
CODE
kg
62572
0.06
62573
0.09
62574
0.15
62575
0.28
62576
0.50
62577
0.79
62578
1.28
62579
2.30
62580
3.42
62581
5.73
62582
7.21
62583
9.38
62584
16.94
62585
21.37
62586
28.11
62587
39.75
62588
50.29
62589
68.05
62590 103.55
These bends are available in other angles, subject to order quantities, special lead times and pricing arrangements.
PE80
PE100
Product Data.34
SDR 41
PN 3.2
PN 4
SDR 33
PN 4
-
SDR 26
PN 6.3
SDR 21
PN 6.3
PN 8
SDR 17
PN 8
PN 10
SDR 13.6
PN 10
PN 12.5
SDR 11
PN 12.5
PN 16
SDR 9
PN 16
PN 20
SDR 7.4
PN 20
PN 25
product.data
Metal Backing Rings for Polyethylene Stub Flanges
T1
OD
PCD
ID
BACKING RINGS - TABLE D
PIPE
O.D.
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
*225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
1000
RING DIMENSIONS
O.D
I.D.
T1
95
32
6
100
37
6
115
44
6
120
52
6
135
62
8
150
78
8
165
92
8
185
108
10
215
128
10
255
140
13
255
158
13
280
178
13
335
235
13
335
240
13
405
290
16
405
300
16
455
345
19
525
376
22
580
430
22
640
480
25
705
533
29
760
590
32
825
660
32
910
745
35
1060
835
41
1255
1035
51
BOLT HOLE SPECS
NO.
DIA.
PCD
4
14
67
4
14
73
4
14
83
4
14
87
4
14
98
4
18
114
4
18
127
4
18
146
4
18
178
8
18
210
8
18
210
8
18
235
8
18
292
8
18
292
8
22
356
8
22
356
12
22
406
12
26
470
12
26
521
12
26
584
16
26
641
16
30
699
16
30
756
20
30
845
20
36
984
24
36
1175
CODE
84481
84483
84485
84487
84489
84491
84493
84495
84497
84585
84501
84503
84505
84507
84509
84511
84513
84515
84517
84519
84521
84523
84525
84527
84529
84531
kg
0.43
0.47
0.63
0.66
0.81
0.90
1.04
1.27
1.70
3.06
2.68
3.16
3.89
3.72
7.24
8.88
9.79
18.77
21.34
25.48
33.69
35.86
43.94
54.57
96.36
140.71
RINGS MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO AS 2129
Galvanised steel
* Note: 225mm backing rings to suit polyethylene stub flanges have a PCD of 292mm which differs from AS2129 of 324mm
Product Data.35
product.data
T1
OD
PCD
ID
BACKING RINGS - TABLE E
PIPE
O.D
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
*225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
1000
RING DIMENSIONS
O.D
I.D.
T1
95
32
6
100
37
6
115
44
7
120
52
8
135
62
9
150
78
10
165
92
10
185
108
12
215
128
13
255
140
14
255
158
14
280
178
17
335
235
19
335
240
19
405
290
22
405
300
22
455
345
25
525
376
29
580
430
32
640
480
32
705
533
38
760
590
44
825
660
48
910
745
51
1060
835
54
1255 1035
67
BOLT HOLE SPECS
NO.
DIA.
PCD
4
14
67
4
14
73
4
14
83
4
14
87
4
14
98
4
18
114
4
18
127
4
18
146
8
18
178
8
18
210
8
18
210
8
22
235
8
22
292
8
22
292
12
22
356
12
22
356
12
26
406
12
26
470
12
26
521
16
26
584
16
26
641
16
30
699
16
33
756
20
33
845
20
36
984
24
39
1175
CODE
84480
84482
84484
84486
84488
84490
84492
84494
84496
84498
84500
84502
84504
84506
84508
84510
84512
84514
84516
84518
84520
84522
84524
84526
84528
84530
kg
0.36
0.47
0.63
0.66
0.81
0.90
1.04
1.27
1.96
4.08
3.67
4.08
6.33
6.50
11.03
10.15
11.89
21.03
23.90
36.09
48.13
57.63
67.75
74.80
143.05
194.74
RINGS MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO AS 2129
Galvanised steel
* Note: 225mm backing rings to suit polyethylene stub flanges have a PCD of 292mm which differs from AS2129 of 324mm
Product Data.36
product.data
T1
OD
PCD
ID
BACKING RINGS - TABLE A.N.S.I. (REDUCED THICKNESS)
PIPE
O.D.
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
200
225
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
630
RING
O.D
89
98
108
117
127
152
178
191
229
254
254
279
343
343
406
406
483
533
597
635
699
813
DIMENSIONS
I.D.
T1
32
6
37
8
44
8
52
8
62
10
78
10
92
10
108
12
128
12
140
16
158
16
178
16
235
20
240
20
290
20
300
20
345
25
376
28
430
32
533
36
533
40
660
50
BOLT HOLE SPECS
NO.
DIA
PCD
4
16
60.5
4
16
70.0
4
16
79.5
4
16
89.0
4
16
98.5
4
20
120.5
4
20
139.5
4
20
152.5
8
20
190.5
8
23
216.0
8
23
241.5
8
23
241.5
8
23
298.5
8
23
298.5
12
26
362.0
12
26
362.0
12
26
432.0
12
29
476.5
16
29
540.0
16
32
578.0
20
32
635.0
20
35
756.0
CODE
84558
84559
84560
84561
84562
84563
84564
84565
84566
84567
84568
84569
84570
84571
84572
84573
84574
84575
84576
84577
84578
84580
kg
0.21
0.34
0.35
0.47
0.67
0.92
1.29
1.66
2.00
3.88
3.36
3.99
6.93
6.65
6.85
7.94
15.80
22.11
30.75
33.53
44.80
81.25
Galvanised steel
Product Data.37
product.data
PE Electrofusion Fittings
Plasson Specifications
RAW MATERIALS
•
•
•
•
MELT COMPATIBILITY
• The PE used for the Plasson EF program is compatible with most of the raw materials HDPE and MDPE
and can be fused with pipes of the fusion index groups 005 and 010 (MFI 190/5 0.4 - 1.3g/10min)
accordingto DIN 16776 Part 1 (April 1978)
• Suits PE pipe made from PE 63, PE 80, and PE 100 - AS/NZS 4130
AUTOMATIC WELDING
• The Plasson - Fusamatic fittings incorporate a resistor in one of the fittings terminals (a red pin) which is
specific to that fitting. The Plasson - Fusamatic Automatic control box reads the fitting resistor and
automatically sets and welds for the correct weld time and avoids operator error. Fittings are also labelled
for barcode reading, manual set times and have rising melt indicators. Terminal pin diameter is 4.9mm.
QUALITY
• Plasson has incorporated a quality assurance system in accordance with ISO 9002.
• Standardsmark licence No. 2018 - AS 4129 (INT).
MANUAL WELDING
• Plasson - Fusamatic fittings are labelled with weld and cool times and can be welded with other
manufacturers’ 40 V (non - automatic) control boxes.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Threads on transition fittings conform to DIN 2999,
BSZI : 1973, AS 1722 Part 1 - 1975.
• For oval pipe use rerounding clamps. If ovality
causes a gap between concentrically located pipe
and fitting to exceed 1% of pipe OD then the pipe
must be rerounded to ensure correct welding.
After rerounding, if the gap still exceeds 1% of
pipe OD, then check the pipe OD dimension as it
may be an under specified OD. Note: The
maximum gap between eccentrically located pipe
and fitting (i.e. pipe touching fitting at one point)
must not exceed 2% of pipe OD. See diagram.
• Cutter sizes: From 20mm to 32mm depending on pipe
and outlet size.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
– APPROVAL TESTS
Product Data.38
MDPE - Medium Density Polyethylene black UV stabilised
Density greater than 0.93g/cm 3 (DIN 53479, procedure A)
Melt Index (MFI 190/5) : 0.7 - 1.3g/10min ( DIN 53735)
PE 80 or PE 100 in accordance with AS/NZS 4131
Max. gap
1% of pipe OD
Concentrically
Located
Max. gap
2% of pipe OD
Eccentrically
Located
Pressure Conditions/Pipe Dimensions
Resistance to internal pressure
Plasson electrofusion socket fittings are tested to PN rating using the test method defined by ISO1167. The samples are
prepared to conform to ISO/TC 138/SC 5 requirements with minimum temperature -10°C and maximum temperature
+45°C. The test pressures are calculated as specified by:
• PREN 1555-3 (water systems)
• PREN 122201-3 and ISO/DIS 8085-3 (gaseous fuel systems)
Joint Strength
The joint strength of Plasson electrofusion socket fittings is assessed according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendices J and K
(crush test and peel test).
Determination of Fitting Cooling Time
Fitting cooling time is determined according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendix H with the following exceptions:
• Pipe and coupler are conditioned to 45°C before fusion as opposed to 23°C.
• Maximum power conditions are simulated using V = 41.0 volts as opposed to 40 V.
Assessment of Fitting Resistance Tolerance Band
The resistance tolerance band is determined according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendix G with the following exceptions:
• Pipe and coupler are conditioned to 45°C before fusion as opposed to 23°C.
• Maximum power conditions are simulated using V = 41.0 volts as opposed to 40 V.
Assessment of Safety Factor for Weld
The factor of safety is assessed according to the procedure laid out in AFNOR NF T 54-066, appendix H. Fittings also
comply with maximum pressure ratings in AS1460 – 2 1989 Part 2, and are rated PN16 for water (PN7 for gas) when
extrapolated from Class 15 to PN16 test requirements.
Warning: Do not weld saddles to 40, 50, & 63 SDR 11 live gas pipe where internal pressure exceeds 4 BAR, as pipe
damage will occur due to pipe softening.
product.data
Pipe Thickness/SDR Specifications
Safe pipe
SDR (1)
Standard Cutter
Minimum Pipe SDR
Long Cutter
Minimum Pipe SDR (3)
7
7
9
11
11
note (2)
note (2)
7
7
9
11
17
SOCKET FITTINGS
20-225
250-355
≤17
≤ 17
TAPPING TEES
40-75
90-140
160-180
200
225-250
280-315
355
≤11
≤ 17
≤17
≤17
≤17
≤17
≤17
BRANCH & TRANSITION SADDLES
63-75
90-200
225-355
≤11
≤17
≤17
BRANCH SADDLES WITH OUTLETS > 63
≤17
Notes:
(1) Minimum wall thickness of any pipe must be 2.3mm.
(2) When fused to pipes of SDR less than or equal to 17.6 Plasson Electrofusion couplers meet the safety factor requirements of the International Standards to
which they comply.
If pipes of SDR 21 are used, the factor of safety for the fusion cycle may be less if welded in high temperature ambient conditions.
(3) With sizes 280-355 the long cutter is supplied as standard.
(4) Long cutters are available as spares – Code Number: 30034280 for pipes with lower SDR's.
Product Data.39
product.data
Plasson
JOINERS 9010
SIZE
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
L
71
71
80
90
100
118
126
146
163
173
182
194
211
223
223
223
260
260
260
L1
35
35
39
44
49
58
62
72
80
85
90
96
104
109
109
109
127
127
127
D
36
36
42
55
68
82
98
117
140
156
176
200
223
245
280
310
346
386
436
F
21
17
22
23
23
31
33
39
35
43
51
50
47
57
50
55
65
62
62
A
38
38
44
47
52
58
64
77
83
95
104
113
128
147
140
180
200
220
245
C
7
7
7
8
12
13
13
16
19
23
17
29
30
22
24
26
36
36
36
Z
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
5
5
5
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
60
120
80
120
120
200
220
280
360
400
500
750
600
900
900
900
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
10
5
10
10
10
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
PN 16
CODE
71300
71302
71304
71306
71308
71310
71312
71314
71316
71318
71319
71320
71321
71324
71323
71326
71327
71328
71329
kg
0.048
0.038
0.056
0.098
0.148
0.224
0.344
0.558
0.792
1.000
1.450
1.760
2.550
3.250
4.100
5.500
6.000
6.500
7.500
REDUCING JOINERS 9110
SIZE
20 x 16
25 x 20
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
90 x 63
110 x 90
125 x 90
180 x 125
225 x 180
250 x 225
A
Z
HEATING
TIME (secs)
COOLING
TIME (min)
66
80
66
90
97
97
97
153
181
181
222
38
36-42
41
42-47
62
62
62
77
95
95
128
2
2
2
2
9
5
5
8
3
3
3
30
30
45
60
50
70
120
100
120
220
360
3
3
3
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
20
222
183
5
600
30
L
Product Data.40
PN 16
CODE
64027
69085
69089
69091
69093
69105
69107
69109
69111
69121
69123
69131
64026
69135
kg
0.046
0.056
0.065
0.094
0.120
0.110
0.150
0.500
1.100
1.000
2.000
6.800
product.data
Plasson
90° TEES 9040
SIZE
d/d1
20 x 32 x 20
25 x 32 x 25
32 x 32 x 32
40 x 40 x 40
50 x 50 x 50
63 x 63 x 63
75 x 75 x 75
90 x 90 x 90
110 x 110 x 110
125 x 125 x 125
160 x 160 x 160
180 x 180 x 180
L
98
98
104
121
139
166
187
206
268
268
372
372
L1
35
35
39
44
49
58
61
67
82
82
80
80
F
20
17
22
23
23
31
33
39
42
51
40
C
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
16
15
17
H
78
78
74
90
102
119
126
145
168
168
231
231
A
38
38
43
47
52
58
64
76
95
95
128
128
HEATING COOLING
TIME (secs) TIME (min)
30
3
30
3
50
3
60
5
120
10
80
5
120
10
120
10
200
10
200
10
200
10
360
10
PN 16
CODE
62090
62091
71092
71093
71094
71095
71096
71097
71098
71099
71101
71102
kg
0.137
0.117
0.97
0.376
0.281
0.400
0.597
1.100
1.950
2.200
7.400
5.300
90° REDUCING TEES 9140
SIZE
d/d1
32 x 20 x 32
40 x 20 x 40
50 x 20 x 50
50 x 32 x 50
63 x 20 x 63
63 x 32 x 63
90 x 63 x 90
110 x 63 x 110
110 x 90 x 110
125 x 90 x 125
160 x 90 x 160
160 x 110 x 160
160 x 125 x 160
180 x 90 x 180
180 x 125 x 180
L
104
121
139
139
166
166
293
328
328
L1
39
44
49
49
58
58
71
72
72
F
22
23
23
23
31
31
38
35
35
C
8
9
10
10
11
11
14
15
15
H
66
72
78
86
85
93
124
147
147
A
43
47
52
52
58
58
71
81
81
380
380
380
85
85
85
49
49
49
18
18
18
180
188
193
105
105
105
HEATING COOLING
50
3
60
5
120
10
120
10
80
5
80
5
120
10
200
10
200
10
200
10
360
360
10
10
PN 16
CODE
62021
62022
62024
62025
62026
62029
62092
62032
62032
62093
62035
62045
62112
62094
62095
kg
0.090
0.160
0.240
0.250
0.330
0.346
1.000
1.630
1.780
4.090
4.200
4.320
Product Data.41
product.data
Plasson
90° ELBOWS 9050
SIZE
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
180
L
84
84
79
93
109
132
150
194
242
242
318
318
L1
40
40
39
43
48
57
61
78
86
86
105
105
F
22
23
23
31
33
38
46
51
48
67
C
8
9
10
11
12
19
15
16
17
18
A
43
43
43
47
52
58
64
91
98
98
127
127
Z
22
22
22
34
34
41
40
58
78
78
107
107
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
80
120
80
120
120
200
200
200
360
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
20
PN 16
CODE
70520
70522
70523
70524
70526
70527
62044
70528
70529
70515
70531
70517
kg
0.141
0.128
0.080
0.140
0.210
0.320
0.530
0.800
1.150
2.060
5.000
4.310
90° TRANSITION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9250
SIZE
20 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 25
32 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
113
113
113
115
115
127
129
129
134
143
145
145
150
168
168
173
Product Data.42
L1
29
29
34
36
36
34
36
36
41
34
36
36
41
36
36
41
D
15
20
23
23
23
29
29
29
29
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
120
80
80
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
PN 16
CODE
64028
62045
62046
62047
62048
62049
62050
62051
62052
62053
62054
62055
62056
62057
62058
62059
kg
0.200
0.240
0.270
0.416
0.427
0.450
0.500
0.525
0.700
0.570
0.620
0.605
0.790
0.985
0.920
1.005
product.data
Plasson
90° TRANSITION ELBOWS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9350
SIZE
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
107
104
118
118
118
135
139
162
162
L1
23
26
26
26
26
26
30
30
30
D
19
23
29
29
29
42
42
48
48
HEATING
TIME (secs)
35
50
60
60
60
120
120
80
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
5
5
5
10
10
5
5
CODE
62293
62060
62061
62062
62063
62064
62065
62066
62067
PN 16
HEATING
TIME (secs)
50
60
120
80
120
120
200
220
200
360
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
5
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
20
CODE
69999
69995
70003
70005
70007
70013
69996
70017
69997
70019
kg
0.240
0.275
0.535
0.445
0.455
0.545
0.635
1.050
0.950
45° ELBOWS 9060
SIZE
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
180
L
108
108
124
149
165
190
236
236
320
320
L1
39
43
48
57
61
67
82
82
105
105
F
22
23
23
31
33
38
46
51
48
67
A
45
45
45
58
64
74
96
96
127
127
C
9
8
12
11
12
13
16
16
17
18
PN 16
kg
0.160
0.125
0.196
0.260
0.420
0.663
0.980
1.490
4.310
3.190
Product Data.43
product.data
Plasson
90° TRANSITION UNION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9450
SIZE
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 65
L1
30
34
36
38
42
50
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
60
120
80
L2
109
127
109
127
151
181
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
10
5
L1
PN 16
CODE
64054
64055
64056
64057
64058
64059
kg
0.235
0.280
0.325
0.370
0.780
1.245
CODE
62266
62267
62268
62269
kg
L2
L
BRASS REDUCING NIPPLE FOR TRANSITION UNIONS 3045 (DZR Brass)
SIZE
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
65 x 50
Product Data.44
L
48
51
53
62
L1
20
22
22
26
L2
12
13
13
18
product.data
Plasson
45° TRANSITION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9260
SIZE
32 x 25
32 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
142
144
144
142
144
144
149
158
160
160
165
185
185
190
L1
36
36
36
34
36
36
41
34
36
36
41
36
36
41
D
23
23
23
29
29
29
29
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
HEATING
TIME (secs)
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
120
80
80
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
PN 16
CODE
62068
62069
62070
62071
62072
62073
62074
62075
62076
62077
62078
62079
62080
62081
kg
0.350
0.487
0.498
0.435
0.485
0.510
0.685
0.555
0.605
0.590
0.775
0.927
0.860
0.945
Available in steel or stainless steel.
45° TRANSITION ELBOWS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9360
SIZE
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
133
133
133
133
149
154
179
179
L1
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
D
23
29
29
29
38
38
48
48
HEATING
TIME (secs)
50
60
60
60
120
120
80
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
5
5
5
10
10
5
5
PN 16
CODE
62082
62083
62084
62085
62086
62087
62088
62089
kg
0.355
0.520
0.430
0.440
0.530
0.620
1.000
0.890
Available in steel or stainless steel
Product Data.45
product.data
Plasson
45° TRANSITION UNION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9460
SIZE
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 65
L1
36
38
42
50
L2
144
146
166
198
HEATING
TIME (secs)
50
60
120
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
5
10
5
CODE
64060
64061
64062
64063
PN 16
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
60
120
80
120
120
200
220
200
360
400
500
600
600
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
10
5
10
10
20
10
10
20
20
20
30
30
CODE
71201
71203
71205
71207
71209
71211
71212
71215
71229
71231
71233
71235
71237
71239
71241
71448
kg
0.400
0.455
0.455
0.455
END CAP (Includes Coupling and Plug) 9120
SIZE
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
L
71
71
80
90
100
118
126
146
163
173
182
194
211
223
223
223
Product Data.46
A
38
38
42
47
52
58
64
77
83
95
104
113
128
147
162
180
Z
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
PN 16
kg
0.056
0.048
0.073
0.128
0.200
0.319
0.489
0.803
1.212
1.590
2.250
2.890
4.110
5.250
7.350
8.260
product.data
Plasson
END PLUGS* 9127
PN 16
SIZE
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
L
41
L1
35
52
59
68
82
89
105
122
131
1141
156
172
142
144
165
39
43
48
57
60
70
78
82
87
93
101
109
109
109
CODE
71200
64053
62000
62001
62002
62003
62004
62005
62006
62007
62008
62009
62010
62297
62299
62300
kg
0.015
0.016
0.017
0.030
0.052
0.095
0.145
0.245
0.420
0.590
0.800
1.130
1.560
1.900
1.900
2.600
NOTE
I. May be fitted into any Plasson electrofusion ended fitting
2. Must be spot welded in 3 places or held firmly, without movement, during electrofusion and cooling cycle
TRANSITION COUPLINGS - POLYETHYLENE TO STEEL 49277
PN 12.5
SIZE
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 50
90 x 75
110 x 100
125 x 100
160 x 150
180 x 150
G
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
L
86
96
105
126
80
A
418
438
458
490
428
A1
250
250
250
250
250
C
52
63
72
85
114
4"
89
449
250
140
6"
106
491
250
203
CODE
62840
62841
62842
62843
62844
62845
62840
62847
62848
kg
Steel end for welding or threading
Product Data.47
product.data
Plasson
TRANSITION COUPLINGS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9210
SIZE
20 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 25
32 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
100
100
114
116
116
124
126
126
131
134
136
136
141
154
154
159
A
38
42
42
42
47
47
47
47
52
52
52
52
58
58
58
L1
29
29
34
36
36
34
36
36
41
34
36
36
41
36
36
41
D
14
19
23
23
23
29
29
29
29
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
HEATING
COOLING
30
3
35
3
50
3
50
3
50
3
60
3
60
5
60
5
60
5
120
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
80
5
80
5
80
5
PN 16
CODE
62294
62018
71330
62019
62020
71282
71283
71284
62023
71287
71289
71291
62027
62028
71292
71293
kg
0.145
0.245
0.405
0.455
0.480
0.655
0.510
0.560
0.545
0.730
0.825
0.910
Stainless steel or steel available subject to minimum quantities.
TRANSITION COUPLINGS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9310
SIZE
20 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 40
63 x 50
L
91
94
106
115
115
115
125
129
148
148
Product Data.48
L1
20
23
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
D
13
19
23
29
29
29
42
42
48
48
HEATING
TIME(secs)
30
35
50
60
60
60
120
120
80
80
COOLING
TIME(min)
3
3
3
5
5
5
10
10
5
5
PN16
CODE
62295
62030
71341
62031
71342
71343
71344
62034
71345
71340
kg
0.140
0.250
0.490
0.400
0.410
0.485
0.575
0.965
0.885
product.data
Plasson
TRANSITION COUPLING - POLYETHYLENE TO STEEL (BSP) 9477
PN16
SIZE
32 x 25
40 x 32
CODE
71487
41488
kg
TRANSITION UNIONS 9377 - PE to male BSP Galvanised steel.
PN 16
SIZE
G
H
L
25 x 20
3/4"
17
38
32 x 25
1"
20
70
40 x 32
1 1/4"
23
64
50 x 40
1 1/2"
23
63
63 x 50
2"
27
63
75 x 65
2 1/2"
32
72
90 x 75
3"
35
80
110 x 100
4"
45
83
PE (SDR11) For electrofusion or butt welding.
Galvanised steel union - FBSP with NBR seal.
A
95
128
123
129
139
155
173
195
C
50
55
55
75
90
110
130
150
C1
32
38
48
56
66
86
96
122
CODE
62036
62037
62038
62039
62040
62041
62042
62043
kg
TRANSITION UNIONS - PE to male BSP Brass 9410 (DZR Brass)
SIZE
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 40
L1
30
34
36
38
42
50
L2
101
105
116
128
142
168
D
13
19
23
29
38
48
A
38
38
44
47
52
58
HEATING
TIME (secs)
30
35
50
60
120
80
COOLING
TIME (min)
3
3
3
5
10
5
PN 16
CODE
62285
62286
62287
62288
62854
62799
kg
0.140
0.190
0.300
0.430
0.700
1.155
Product Data.49
product.data
Plasson
TAPPING SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9630
HEATING
TIME (secs)
50
50
COOLING
PN 16
TIME (min) CODE
kg
3
62284
0.350
3
62285
0.370
SIZE OUTLET
40
20
40
32
H
105
120
B
66
66
C
7
12
A
94
94
50
50
20
32
110
120
76
76
7
12
98
98
60
60
3
3
62286
62287
0.390
0.410
●
●
63
63
63
63
63
20
32
40
50
63
116
125
148
141
178
92
92
103
103
103
7
12
65
65
65
98
98
177
177
177
120
120
120
120
120
3
10
10
10
10
62288
62123
62134
62145
62156
0.436
0.455
1.070
1.085
1.100
●
●
✤
✤
✤
75
75
75
75
32
40
50
63
127
148
141
178
117
117
117
117
65
65
65
65
177
177
177
177
120
120
120
120
10
10
10
10
62124
62135
62146
62157
1.120
1.130
1.140
1.150
✤
✤
✤
✤
90
90
90
90
32
40
50
63
125
133
141
178
124
124
124
124
18
21
65
65
116
116
177
177
120
120
120
120
10
10
10
10
62125
62136
62147
62158
1.120
1.130
1.210
1.270
▲
▲
✤
✤
110
110
110
110
32
40
50
63
127
137
141
178
145
145
145
145
18
21
65
65
116
116
177
177
140
140
140
140
10
10
10
10
62126
62137
62148
62159
1.170
1.190
1.210
1.220
▲
▲
✤
✤
125
125
125
125
32
40
50
63
130
140
141
178
162
162
162
162
18
21
65
65
116
115
177
177
140
140
140
140
10
10
10
10
62127
62138
62149
62160
1.230
1.280
1.290
1.310
▲
▲
✤
✤
140
140
140
140
32
40
50
63
127
148
141
178
178
178
178
178
65
65
65
65
177
177
177
177
140
140
140
140
10
10
10
10
62128
62139
62150
62161
1.350
1.360
1.370
1.410
✤
✤
✤
✤
●
●
Continued over page
Product Data.50
product.data
Plasson
TAPPING SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9630 (Continued)
COOLING
TIME (min)
10
10
10
10
CODE
62129
62140
62151
62162
kg
1.345
1.360
1.375
1.390
✤
✤
✤
✤
140
140
140
140
10
10
10
10
62130
62141
62152
62163
1.565
1.580
1.595
1.605
✤
✤
✤
✤
177
177
177
177
120
120
120
120
10
10
10
10
62131
62142
62153
62164
1.750
1.760
1.770
1.780
✤
✤
✤
✤
177
177
177
177
120
120
120
120
10
10
10
10
62132
62143
62154
62165
1.810
1.820
1.830
1.840
✤
✤
✤
✤
*250
32
127
233
65
177
120
10
62155
*250
40
148
233
65
177
120
10
62155
*250
50
141
233
65
177
120
10
62155
*250
63
178
233
65
177
120
10
62166
* includes metal clamping straps
Cut hole after welding and cooling time completed.
Spigot length on sizes 63 to 180 with 32mm diameter cutters permit use of Plasson compression fittings.
1.830
1.830
1.830
1.840
✤
✤
✤
✤
SIZE OUTLET
160
32
160
40
160
50
160
63
H
143
156
169
195
B
199
199
199
199
C
18
21
25
20
A
137
137
137
137
180
180
180
180
32
40
50
63
143
156
169
195
219
219
219
219
18
21
25
20
137
137
137
137
*200
*200
*200
*200
32
40
50
63
127
148
141
178
184
184
184
184
65
65
65
65
*225
*225
*225
*225
32
40
50
63
127
148
141
178
214
214
214
214
65
65
65
65
HEATING
TIME (secs)
140
140
140
140
Saddle
Size
Cutter mm
Material
Cutter
Length mm
Welded Cap
Size
●
✤
■
▲
20 Brass
30 Brass
32 Alum. Bronze
25 Brass
52
73
87
61
40
57
58
50
PN 16
Product Data.51
product.data
Plasson
BRANCH SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9580
SIZE
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
160
180
SADDLE
BRANCH
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
110
125
CLAMPS NOT
HEATING
COOLING
120
10
120
10
120
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
212
109
96
120
10
REQUIRED Cut hole after welding and cooling completed.
B
103
117
124
145
162
178
199
219
103
117
124
145
162
178
199
219
195
200
245
H
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
95
95
95
H1
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
61
61
61
PN 16
CODE
62096
62097
62098
62099
62100
62101
62102
62103
62104
62105
62106
62107
62108
62109
62110
62111
62118
62119
62120
62117
62118
kg
0.380
0.420
0.490
0.552
0.599
0.650
0.708
0.766
0.461
0.573
0.573
0.635
0.683
0.732
0.787
0.846
1.110
1.175
1.175
0.900
1.003
BRANCH SADDLES - UNDERCLAMPED 9080
HEATING
COOLING
PN 16
SIZE BRANCH
B
L
H1
CODE
kg
*200
63
195
95
61
120
10
68796
*225
63
200
95
61
120
10
62272
*250
63
245
95
61
120
10
62273
#280
63
112
95
61
80
10
68799
0.300
#315
63
112
95
61
80
10
68800
0.280
•355
63
112
95
61
80
10
68801
0.280
^110
90
155
168
105
120
10
68802
0.602
^125
90
155
168
105
120
10
68803
0.555
Cut hole after welding and cooling completed.
*For sizes 200, 225, 250 use Saddle Clamp Kit no. 3 (see below) # For sizes 280, 315, use Topload G clamp – 29263315 (see below).
^ For sizes 110, 125, 180 use Saddle Clamp code 29200004 (see below ) • For sizes 355 use Topload G Clamp code G Clamps L (see below).
180 x 125
68807
TOPLOAD G CLAMP Part no. 29263315
62113
TOPLOAD G CLAMP Part no. G Clamp SL
SADDLE CLAMP Part no. 29200004
Comprises batwing , spreader bar, 32 & 63 test caps universal miniclamp,
20, 25 and 32mm miniscraper (cutter key, Harris scraper, box)
62116
LONG CUTTER (For Tapping saddles)
Part no. 30034280.
62274
See pipe thickness/SDR specs. for electrofusion welding on page 39 in Product Data section.
Product Data.52
product.data
Plasson
90° TAPPING SADDLES - STACKLOAD 9030
HEATING COOLING
80
10
80
10
80
10
120
10
120
10
80
10
120
10
120
10
80
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
SIZE OUTLET
A=Z
H
C
d
B
■ 280
32
85
180
120
280
■ 315
32
85
180
120
315
• 355
32
85
180
120
355
■ 280
40
280
■ 315
40
107
332
231
315
113
• 355
40
355
176
■ 280
50
280
■ 315
50
101
332
231
315
113
• 355
50
355
176
■ 280
63
280
■ 315
63
125
332
231
315
113
• 355
63
355
■ TOP LOAD G CLAMP Part No. 29263315
• TOP LOAD G CLAMP Part No. G Clamp SL
Cut hole after welding and cooling complete.
Stackload - use TOP LOAD G clamp - Part no. 29263315 VX. code: 62113
PN 16
CODE
68846
68847
68848
68859
68860
68861
68871
68872
68874
68883
68884
68885
62113
kg
0.780
0.760
0.760
0.795
0.775
0.775
0.800
0.780
0.780
0.850
0.830
0.830
WELDING CAP - FOR TAPPING SADDLES 9830
SIZE
40
50
57
58
A
49
54
59
60
H
63
73
74
74
L
74
69
63
60
HEATING COOLING
100
9
100
9
100
9
100
9
PN 16
CODE
62290
64050
64051
62114
kg
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
Replaces screw cap on Tapping Saddles for a permanently welded closure.
Product Data.53
product.data
Plasson
TAPPING SADDLE FBSP OUTLET 9930
SIZE
d1
H
B
40
3/4"
106
74
63
3/4"
144
103
90
3/4"
144
124
110
3/4"
144
145
160
3/4"
144
199
Cut hole after welding and cooling completed.
F.B.S.P. threaded outlets are stainless steel reinforced.
H1
30
65
65
65
65
H2
105
169
169
169
169
HEATING
COOLING
50
3
120
10
120
10
140
10
140
10
H2
HEATING
COOLING
CODE
71500
71510
71517
71518
71530
kg
0.420
1.000
1.110
1.170
1.325
CODE
71499
64064
64065
64066
64067
64068
64069
64070
64071
64072
64073
64074
kg
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TAPPING SADDLES – PE TO NYLON 9619
SIZE
40 x 18
40 x 50
50 x 18
50 x 50
63 x 18
63 x 50
90 x 18
90 x 50
110 x 18
110 x 50
160 x 18
160 x 50
d1
Product Data.54
H
B
H1
product.data
Plasson
REPAIR SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9520
SIZE
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
B
103
117
124
145
162
178
199
219
HEATING COOLING
120
10
120
10
120
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
140
10
H
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
PN 16
CODE
62167
62168
62169
62170
62171
62172
62173
62174
kg
0.368
0.410
0.485
0.547
0.584
0.639
0.702
0.760
TRANSITION SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9380 (DZR Brass female thread)
SIZE
63 x 11/4"
90 x 2"
110 x 11/4"
110 x 11/2"
110 x 2"
125 x 2"
160 x 2"
180 x 2"
H
135
156
176
176
176
191
224
246
B
62
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
L
117
166
166
166
166
166
216
216
HEATING
COOLING
120
10
160
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
120
10
PN 16
CODE
62175
62178
62179
62180
62181
62184
62187
62190
GRAMS
0.770
1.280
2.140
1.990
1.640
1.540
2.000
1.800
Product Data.55
product.data
Plasson
EF REPAIR SHIELDS 9077
SIZE
32
40
50
63
D1
23
29
36
45
D2
31
38
48
57
L
45
45
45
48
L1
21
21
21
23
CODE
62204
62205
62206
62207
kg
0.060
0.080
0.110
0.150
Repairs with water in the line. The EF repair shield is made of PE sponge. It will stop water leakage ( zero pressure ) from flowing into the coupling
whilst a repair is made. The coupler is slid onto one pipe and the shield is fitted between the two pipes. The coupler is positioned for welding as
usual.
STUB FLANGES 9026
SDR 17
SIZE
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
L
89
90
95
110
119
128
133
132
148
150
186
200
205
L1
64
63
63
72
80
83
90
92
100
117
115
125
130
a
11
12
14
16
17
18
18
18
18
20
24
24
35
D
78
88
96
108
128
158
158
188
212
212
268
268
320
D1
50
59
73
88
102
121
128
150
167
180
228
231
280
CODE
62192
62193
62194
62195
62196
62197
62198
62199
62200
62201
62202
62203
62217
kg
0.091
0.099
0.134
0.195
0.296
0.495
0.720
0.710
0.931
1.014
2.157
2.052
3.110
For electrofusion or butt welding.
Product Data.56
product.data
Plasson
STUB FLANGES - 9027/9028
SIZE
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
L
77
96
89
90
95
110
119
128
133
132
148
150
186
200
205
L1
50
70
64
63
63
72
80
83
90
92
100
117
115
125
130
9027
a
9
10
11
12
14
16
17
18
25
25
25
30
32
32
35
9028
a
9
10
11
13
16
18
20
21
28
29
29
34
9027
SDR11
D
58
68
78
88
102
122
138
158
158
188
212
212
268
268
320
D1
37
40
50
59
73
88
102
121
128
150
167
180
228
231
280
CODE
69738
69739
69749
69755
69759
69765
69775
69779
69795
69805
69819
69833
69829
69849
69859
9028
SDR 7.4
kg
.
0.060
0.091
0.120
0.187
0.310
0.421
0.624
0.879
1.115
1.392
1.810
2.810
3.680
5.125
CODE
64032
64033
64034
62289
69722
69723
69769
69724
69725
62292
69726
69727
69728
-
kg
.
.
.
0.133
0.230
0.328
0.510
0.805
0.975
1.350
1.863
3.110
.
.
.
9027 - SDR11 For electrofusion and butt welding.
Product Data.57
product.data
Plasson
SPIGOT REDUCERS 9117 & 9118
SIZE
d1 x d2
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 32
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
75 x 40
75 x 50
75 x 63
90 x 50
90 x 63
90 x 75
110 x 63
110 x 75
110 x 90
125 x 75
125 x 90
125 x 110
140 x 90
140 x 110
140 x 125
160 x 110
160 x 125
160 x 140
180 x 125
180 x 140
180 x 160
200 x 140
200 x 160
200 x 180
225 x 160
9117
SDR11
h1
50
59
59
59
58
60
71
71
71
81
80
80
83
83
83
90
90
90
95
95
95
101
101
101
107
107
107
114
115
116
h2
48
56
60
58
59
60
60
59
65
59
65
71
66
72
80
71
81
84
80
83
89
84
88
94
89
95
100
93
100
106
Z
104
123
131
131
132
132
145
145
151
156
160
166
167
169
178
178
186
188
208
195
199
219
206
211
221
224
225
229
233
241
CODE
62208
62209
62210
70627
62212
62213
62214
62215
62216
70677
62218
62219
70644
70721
70645
62222
62223
70633
62225
62226
62227
70646
62228
62229
70679
62231
62232
62233
62234
62235
62221
9118
SDR7.4
kg
0.035
0.040
0.055
0.105
0.115
0.145
0.167
0.175
0.195
0.258
0.300
0.320
0.455
0.446
0.505
0.605
0.700
0.800
0.815
0.935
1.000
1.100
1.145
1.210
1.450
1.600
1.756
2.002
2.160
2.330
CODE
62236
62237
62238
62239
62240
62241
62242
62243
62244
62245
62246
62247
62248
62249
62250
62251
62252
62253
62254
62255
62256
62257
62258
62259
62260
62261
62262
62263
62264
62265
kg
0.040
0.046
0.063
0.121
0.132
0.167
0.192
0.201
0.224
0.297
0.345
0.368
0.523
0.513
0.581
0.696
0.805
0.920
0.937
1.075
1.150
1.265
1.317
1.392
1.668
2.019
2.302
2.484
2.680
For electrofusion or butt welding.
Product Data.58
product.data
PE Electrofusion Fittings (suit PE Gas Pipes Series 2 & 3)
Plasson
SPIGOT ADAPTORS SERIES 2 to SERIES 3 9177
d1
20 x 25
32 x 25
40 x 25
63 x 50
D
33.5
33.5
33.5
60.3
L1
46
47
50
67
L2
46
47
50
67
L
95
95
100
135
CODE
71502
71503
71504
71505
JOINERS SERIES 3 to SERIES 2
d2
20 x 20
20 x 25
25 x 25
25 x 32
50 x 63
80 x 90
100 x 125
150 x 180
CODE
71433
64075
64076
71442
71445
71447
64077
64078
TAPPING TEES SERIES 3 to SERIES 2
Pipe Size
50
80
100
150
50
80
100
150
Outlet Size
32mm
32mm
32mm
32mm
63mm
63mm
63mm
63mm
CODE
TAPPING TEES SERIES 3
Pipe Size
50
80
100
150
Outlet Size
50
50
50
50
CODE
71544
64079
64080
64081
BRANCH SADDLES SERIES 3 to SERIES 2
Pipe Size
50
80
100
150
Outlet Size
63mm
63mm
63mm
63mm
CODE
71544
64082
64083
64084
Product Data.59
product.data
Specifications for Plasson Compression Fittings, Saddles & Valves
MATERIALS
Compression Fittings, Tapping & Compression Saddles
BODY
Polypropylene, high grade copolymer.
NUT
SPLIT RING
Acetal (POM) CPVC available.
O-RING
Nitrile rubber (NBR). EPDM and FRM O-rings
available. (Approx. 70 Shore A.)
REINFORCING RING
Stainless steel on all female offtakes from 1 1/4"
up to 4".
All Tapping Saddles have stainless steel
reinforced female offtakes.
NUTS & BOLTS
Galvanised steel (Stainless steel available).
Tapper® Saddles
BODY/COMPRESSION FITTING
BOLT AND NUT
CUTTER
O-RING
SADDLE SEAL
SPLIT RING
Polypropylene
Stainless steel to DIN 17 440, 1.4301.
Brass to BS 2874-CZ122.
NBR
EPDM
Polyacetal
Valves
BODY
O-RING
SPRING (items 3067, 3039)
NBR, EPDM or FRM O – depending on valve.
Stainless steel
Threaded Fittings
Polypropylene. SS reinforced outlets are
available
OPERATING PRESSURE
Compression fittings comply with requirements of AS/NZS 4129 (Int).
Operating pressures at 20°C (water)
PN16
Up to 63mm diameter
PN12.5
75mm-125mm diameter
PN10
160mm diameter
All female threads from 1 1/4" to 4" have stainless steel reinforcing rings and are
rated as above except that 4" is suitable for PN 6.3 only.
Plasson Tapping Saddles and Plasson Compression Saddles comply with
specification 025 – 'Tapping Bands' of Australian Standard SAA MP52-1991 .
Tapper®. WIS 4-22-02/WRC Standards – PN 16.
Plasson polypropylene BSP threaded fittings: 1.0 MPa for male fittings, 0.6 MPa for
female fittings (1.0 MPa for SS reinforced female fittings).
Plasson polypropylene valves: PN10 or PN12.5.
PIPE SUITABILITY
Plasson Compression Fittings : for pipes 16mm to 160mm outside diameter.
Metric OD System for use with polyethylene pipe manufactured to:
• AS1159 - 1988 – Polyethylene Pipes for Pressure Applications
• AS4130 (Int) – PE Pipes for Pressure Applications
• PE Pipes with outside dimensions to ISO OD series system.
Plasson Rural Fittings: for Type 50 Class Rural Polyethylene Pipe manufactured to:
• AS 2698.2 (ID Series) – Class 6.
Product Data.60
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
The compression saddles, fittings and valves are not for use with hot water although
they withstand the same temperature as most polyethylene pipes. The fittings and
valves will withstand sub-zero temperatures.
FLANGES
Flange dimensions in accordance with AS/NZS 4331-1995.
Metal backing rings to be used with all flanges
THREADS
Internal parallel thread up to 2 1/2"; internal taper thread 3"and up.
External taper thread all sizes. All threads conform to ISO7; BS21 - 1973; DIN2999;
NEN3258; AS1722 Part 1 - 1975.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Plasson polypropylene fittings are supplied, as standard, with Nitrile (NBR) rings
and acetal split rings which are suitable for water supply and many chemical
handling applications.
For many chemicals however, NBR and acetal are unsuitable and Plasson spare
rings of either EPDM or VITON (FPM) should be used to replace the nitrile rings.
CPVC split rings are also available to replace acetal. Generally nitrile is good in oily
applications whilst EPDM or VITON are more suitable in acidic applications. A brief
indication of chemical resistance at 20°C follows:
Benzene
Brine
Slaked Lime
Compressed Air cont. oil
Caustic Soda
Fuel Oil
Hydrchloric Acid
Nitric Acid dilute
Carbolic Acid
Lube Oils
Phosphoric Acid
Sulphuric Acid dilute
+ suitable
NBR (1)
0
+
+
+
+
+
+
0
-
O Rings
EPDM (2)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
0 medium resistance
Plasson Nut
Split Rings
FPM (2) + Body PP (1) Acetal (1) CPVC (2)
+
0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
0
+
+
+
+
+
+
0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
- unsuitable
FPM although the most resistant is expensive – EPDM is usually the economical
solution. Generally, if EPDM or FPM O Rings are required, then CPVC split rings
should be used in place of standard acetal split rings. This is intended as a guide
only. Tapping Saddles used in chemical applications or permanently buried
situations may require stainless steel bolts and nuts. In many sizes the NBR ring can
be replaced with EPDM or FPM.
(1) Supplied as standard component in Plasson fittings
(2) Available as Plasson spare parts
NBR O Rings
Cat 7002
FPM O Rings
Cat 7920
EPDM O Rings Cat 7910
CPVC Split Rings
Cat 7008
APPROVALS
Plasson fittings have been tested and approved by major standard institutions such
as WRC (GB), Staatliche Materialprufungsanstalt Darmstadt (analogous to DIN8078
Part 1) (D); KIWA (NL); Standards Institution of Israel (IL); Australian Authorities
(AUS); Statens Provningsanstalt Stockholm (S); Statens Planmerk (S); SGWA (CH);
Byggestyrelsen (DK); SKZ GmbH (analogous to DIN8076 Part 3 - 12/87) (D). QAS
Standards Australia – StandardsMark Licence.
product.data
Plasson
COUPLINGS 7010
PN16
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
E
39
48
54
64
82
96
113
134
154
179
212
H
105
121
125
145
177
201
230
272
330
394
460
I
50
58
60
70
86
98
112
133
162
194
225
PN12.5
CODE
69060
69062
69064
69066
69068
69070
69072
-
kg
0.052
0.093
0.120
0.190
0.328
0.475
0.724
CODE
84011
84005
84006
84007
84008
84009
kg
.
.
.
.
.
.
CODE
69074
69076
69078
69080
kg
1.224
1.980
3.206
5.266
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
5
1
1
COUPLING BODY 7011
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
H
65
77
79
91
110
115
I
30
36
37
44
52
55
COUPLING 17010
d
160
E
280
H
418
I
204
PN 10
CODE
kg
69081 7.775
PACK
QTY
1
Supplied with 4 X 165mm X M 16 mild steel hex head galvanised bolts.
Product Data.61
product.data
Plasson
REDUCING COUPLING 7110
PN16
d x d1
20 x 16
25 x 16
25 x 20
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 25
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
75 x 50
75 x 63
90 x 63
90 x 75
110 x 90
E
48
54
54
64
64
82
82
96
96
96
113
113
113
113
134
134
154
154
179
E1
39
39
48
48
54
54
64
54
64
82
54
64
82
96
96
113
113
134
154
H
111
120
119
135
131
155
155
176
173
182
187
199
209
215
245
249
284
307
378
I
56
55
60
62
66
81
81
93
97
92
108
110
110
110
132
129
154
158
194
I1
50
50
54
53
57
60
66
59
61
82
50
64
82
95
98
110
110
134
164
CODE
69082
69084
69086
69088
69090
69092
69094
69096
69098
69100
69102
69104
69106
69108
-
kg
0.074
0.088
0.104
0.142
0.154
0.230
0.255
0.300
0.341
0.400
0.461
0.486
0.546
0.587
PN12.5
CODE
69110
69112
69114
69116
69120
kg
0.0
0.915
0.960
1.393
1.590
2.708
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
5
5
-
REPAIR COUPLING 7610
PN16
dxd
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
E
H
I
82
96
113
134
154
179
220
237
268
272
330
394
148
158
170
165
190
230
Product Data.62
CODE
69527
69528
69503
69504
69496
-
kg
0.377
0.534
0.825
PN12.5
CODE
69505
69506
69507
69508
69529
kg
1.206
1.963
3.251
PACK
QTY
-
product.data
Plasson
90° TEES 7040
PN16
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
E
39
48
54
64
82
96
113
134
154
179
H
126
145
152
175
221
251
292
347
440
586
I
50
57
57
65
84
93
109
130
165
195
A
63
74
77
88
111
126
146
174
220
293
CODE
69140
69142
69144
69146
69148
69150
69152
-
kg
0.083
0.151
0.191
0.301
0.517
0.748
1.145
CODE
69154
69156
69158
PN12.5
kg
1.976
3.235
5.710
PACK
QTY
10
10
5
5
-
90° TEES - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7840
PN16
d x d1 x d
20 x 15 x 20
20 x 20 x 20
25 x 15 x 25
25 x 20 x 25
32 x 25 x 32
40 x 32 x 40
40 x 40 x 40
50 x 32 x 50
50 x 40 x 50
63 x 32 x 63
63 x 40 x 63
63 x 50 x 63
E
48
48
54
54
64
82
82
96
96
113
113
113
H
138
138
150
150
168
206
206
230
230
271
271
271
I
58
58
61
61
66
84
84
93
93
110
110
110
I2
16
16
16
18
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
26
A
46
46
50
50
58
71
71
79
77
79
83
92
CODE
69174
69176
69181
69182
69184
69188
69190
62808
69192
62809
62810
69196
kg
0.105
0.108
0.134
0.138
0.218
0.373
0.376
0.542
0.542
0.824
0.824
0.824
PACK
QTY
10
10
5
5
5
-
Product Data.63
product.data
Plasson
90° TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7140
dxGxd
E
16 x 15 x 16
39
16 x 20 x 16
39
20 x 15 x 20
48
20 x 20 x 20
48
25 x 15 x 25
54
25 x 20 x 25
54
25 x 25 x 25
54
*25 x 32 x 25
54
32 x 20 x 32
64
32 x 25 x 32
64
*32 x 32 x 32
64
*32 x 40 x 32
64
40 x 25 x 40
82
*40 x 32 x 40
82
*40 x 40 x 40
82
*40 x 50 x 40
82
*50 x 40 x 50
96
*50 x 50 x 50
96
*63 x 32 x 63
113
*63 x 40 x 63
113
*63 x 50 x 63
113
*75 x 50 x 75
134
*75 x 65 x 75
134
*75 x 80 x 75
134
*90 x 80 x 90
154
*110 x 100 x 110 179
H
124
122
144
144
150
150
158
158
168
168
178
178
200
208
216
218
252
244
291
291
291
358
345
358
422
516
I
51
50
57
57
58
58
63
63
64
64
70
70
80
83
81
85
93
93
110
110
110
131
131
131
166
200
I2
19
19
19
19
19
19
21
25
21
21
25
25
20
24
30
30
25
30
25
25
30
30
35
37
41
52
A
30
30
42
32
35
48
66
74
40
54
67
71
61
63
73
84
60
87
95
95
95
110
85
108
116
140
PN16
CODE
kg
69202
0.066
69204
0.065
69206
0.113
69210
0.110
69212
0.141
69216
0.140
69218
0.162
69220
0.194
69222
0.223
69226
0.213
69228
0.268
69230
0.282
69232
0.367
69234
0.403
69236
0.453
69238
0.435
69240
0.602
69242
0.599
69243
0.875
69245
0.866
69244
0.904
-
PN12.5
CODE
kg
69248
1.488
69250
1.511
69252
1.580
69254
2.450
69258
4.175
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
-
*with stainless steel reinforcing ring
90° REDUCING TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7140
PN16
d x G x d1
20 x 20 x 16
25 x 20 x 20
32 x 25 x 25
Product Data.64
E
48
54
64
E1
39
48
54
H
133
141
155
L
70
72
82
I
53
54
67
I1
50
53
58
I2
19
22
22
A
40
42
45
CODE
69208
69214
69224
kg
0.086
0.126
0.177
PACK
QTY
10
-
product.data
Plasson
90° ELBOWS 7050
PN16
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
E
39
48
54
64
82
96
113
134
154
179
I
51
52
53
61
83
93
110
129
165
195
A
64
73
76
88
109
123
147
173
220
293
CODE
69280
69282
69284
69286
69288
69290
69292
-
PN12.5
kg
0.057
0.102
0.126
0.202
0.356
0.514
0.796
CODE
69294
69296
69298
kg
1.341
2.256
3.909
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
5
-
90° ELBOW 17050
PN10
d
160
E
280
I
204
A
301
CODE
62816
PACK
kg
8.823
QTY
-
Product Data.65
product.data
Plasson
REDUCING ELBOW 7510
PN
d
25 x 20
E
54
I
53
A
74
CODE
71432
kg
0.114
PACK
QTY
10
kg
0.355
0.456
0.495
PACK
QTY
1
1
1
ELBOW ADAPTORS 7350
PN
d
E
40 x 50 82
50 x 50 96
63 x 50 113
I
84
93
110
Product Data.66
A
118
136
160
CODE
69540
69542
69544
product.data
Plasson
90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7850
PN16
dxG
20 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 15
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
75 x 65
75 x 80
90 x 80
110 x 100
E
48
48
54
54
54
64
I
52
57
57
57
57
66
I2
17
18
17
18
20
20
A
82
82
84
89
84
103
A1
45
47
50
50
52
58
82
82
82
96
96
96
113
113
113
134
134
154
179
82
82
82
94
94
94
110
110
110
130
130
166
195
20
22
22
20
22
22
22
22
26
30
33
34
43
127
127
127
145
145
145
170
170
170
200
200
234
275
69
71
71
71
77
77
77
77
92
105
110
110
140
CODE
69302
69304
69305
69309
69308
69310
69320
69312
69314
69316
62811
69318
69320
62812
62813
69324
-
PN12.5
kg
0.067
0.064
0.073
0.080
0.090
0.128
CODE
-
0.240
0.233
0.241
69328
69330
69332
69336
0.335
0.331
0.461
0.518
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
5
kg
0.872
0.906
1.356
2.320
-
REDUCING SET 7930
d x d1
25 x 20
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
63 x 25
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
E
54
64
64
82
I
53
61
56
72
96
96
113
87
83
89
113
113
103
102
CODE
68191
68192
68193
68194
68201
68195
68196
68197
68203
68198
68199
kg
PACK QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Data.67
product.data
Plasson
90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7150
PN16
dxG
16 x 15
20 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 20
32 x 25
*32 x 32
40 x 25
*40 x 32
*40 x 40
*40 x 50
50 x 25
*50 x 32
*50 x 40
*50 x 50
*63 x 32
*63 x 40
*63 x 50
*75 x 50
*75 x 65
*75 x 80
E
39
48
48
54
54
64
64
64
82
82
82
82
96
96
96
96
113
113
113
134
134
134
I
50
54
52
52
57
66
66
66
85
85
85
85
93
93
93
93
110
110
110
130
130
130
I2
19
19
19
19
21
18
22
25
21
25
25
30
21
25
25
30
25
25
30
30
36
36
A
66
78
72
75
82
94
94
98
116
120
120
125
133
133
135
138
160
160
160
185
189
189
A1
39
40
44
46
50
54
54
60
52
61
61
80
57
67
66
85
65
69
90
100
105
105
CODE
69342
69344
69346
69348
69350
69352
69354
69356
69357
69358
69360
69362
69363
69365
69364
69366
62814
62815
69368
-
kg
0.038
0.061
0.071
0.087
0.090
0.143
0.136
0.167
0.201
0.245
0.261
0.293
0.348
0.384
0.553
PN12.5
CODE
69372
69374
69376
kg
0.856
0.920
0.970
PACK
QTY
-
* with stainless steel reinforcing ring
Product Data.68
product.data
Plasson
45° ELBOWS 7460
PN16
d
40
50
63
90
110
E
82
96
113
154
179
I
83
93
110
165
195
A
65
66
80
122
153
CODE
69519
69520
69521
-
PN12.5
kg
0.330
0.486
0.755
CODE
PACK
QTY
-
kg
69522
69523
1.910
3.254
PN16
dxG
20 x 15
20 x 20
E
48
48
I
57
57
I2
17
18
A
65
65
A1
40
41
CODE
62817
62818
kg
0.054
0.056
PACK
QTY
-
Product Data.69
product.data
Plasson
MALE ADAPTORS 7020
PN16
dxG
16 x 15
16 x 20
20 x 15
20 x 20
20 x 25
25 x 15
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 20
32 x 25
32 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
63 x 65
75 x 50
75 x 65
75 x 80
90 x 50
90 x 65
90 x 80
90 x 100
110 x 50
110 x 80
110 x 100
E
39
39
48
48
48
54
54
54
64
64
64
64
82
82
82
82
96
96
96
96
113
113
113
113
134
134
134
154
154
154
154
179
179
179
Product Data.70
H
79
80
91
92
88
95
95
96
100
106
104
115
114
116
119
121
130
132
135
139
154
152
167
158
182
185
189
242
235
232
225
262
257
266
I
59
59
70
70
53
72
72
72
77
82
77
89
86
88
91
91
105
113
107
107
125
124
134
122
148
148
148
164
162
165
183
214
214
214
I2
16
17
17
18
20
17
18
20
18
20
22
22
20
22
22
26
20
22
22
26
22
22
26
29
26
29
33
26
29
33
38
26
33
42
CODE
68902
68904
68906
68908
68910
68912
68914
68916
68918
68920
68922
68924
68926
68928
68930
68932
68933
68934
68936
68938
68940
68942
68944
68946
-
kg
34
35
60
62
60
68
76
79
107
122
114
127
191
192
198
208
265
266
276
283
405
473
461
423
PN12.5
CODE
kg QTY
68948
728
68950
728
68952
735
68954
1142
68956
1142
68957
1133
68958
1200
68962
1878
68964
1890
68966
1919
PACK
-
product.data
Plasson
FEMALE ADAPTORS 7030
PN16
dxG
16 x 15
16 x 20
20 x 15
20 x 20
20 x 25
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 20
32 x 25
*32 x 32
40 x 25
*40 x 32
*40 x 40
*50 x 32
*50 x 40
*50 x 50
63 x 32
63 x 40
*63 x 50
*75 x 50
*75 x 65
*90 x 50
*90 x 80
*90 x 100
*110 x 80
*110 x 100
E
39
39
48
48
48
54
54
64
64
64
82
82
82
96
96
96
113
113
113
134
134
154
154
154
179
179
H
77
79
82
82
92
89
89
85
93
90
109
107
115
120
126
129
145
145
145
187
170
205
225
246
262
274
I
55
56
59
59
57
64
64
63
67
60
83
77
85
89
93
94
110
110
110
129
129
170
186
186
214
214
I2
19
19
19
19
21
21
21
19
21
25
21
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
33
35
39
43
39
46
CODE
68970
68972
68974
68976
68978
68982
68984
68986
68988
68990
68992
68994
68996
68998
69000
69002
69004
69005
69006
-
kg
40
36
60
58
68
83
78
107
115
140
178
202
225
275
287
293
414
414
414
PN12.5
CODE
kg
-
69010
69012
69014
69018
69020
69022
69024
683
730
1252
1258
1518
1964
2118
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
-
-
* with stainless steel reinforcing ring
Product Data.71
product.data
Plasson
STEEL/PVC ADAPTOR/REPAIR COUPLING - THRUSTED 7897
SIZE
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
/ 25
/ 32
/ 40
/ 50
TYPE
ADAPTOR STEEL TO PVC
CODE
69460
69462
69464
69466
kg
PACK QTY
5
5
5
5
STEEL/PVC ADAPTOR/REPAIR COUPLING - UNTHRUSTED 7898
SIZE
25 / 1"
32 / 1 1/4"
40 / 1 1/2"
50 / 2"
TYPE
RUBBER ADAPTOR
RUBBER ADAPTOR
RUBBER ADAPTOR
RUBBER ADAPTOR
CODE
83880
83882
83884
83886
kg
PACK QTY
5
5
5
5
FLANGED COUPLING WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 7220
d
E
H
I
50 x 50
96
128
93
50 x 65
96
128
93
63 x 65
113
145
110
75 x 80
134
162
137
90 x 100
154
198
186
110 x 100 179
237
224
125 x 125 212
270
250
125 x 150 212
270
250
Weight does not include metal flange.
Product Data.72
D
150
165
165
184
216
216
250
285
DP
110
125
125
146
180
180
210
240
S
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
NO. OF
HOLES
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
PN 16
CODE
69036
69037
69038
-
kg
0.384
0.410
0.505
PN 12.5
CODE
kg
69042
0.918
69046
1.379
69048
1.995
69050
3.232
69052
3.450
PACK
QTY
-
product.data
Plasson
FLANGED COUPLING WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 17220
d
E
H
I
D
160 X 125 280 304
204
250
160 X 150 280 304
204
285
Weight does not include metal flange or bolts.
DP
210
240
S
18
22
NO. OF
HOLES
8
8
PN 10
CODE
kg
62819
5.031
69057
5.251
PACK
QTY
FLANGED ADAPTORS - WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 7236
d
50 x 50
50 x 65
63 x 65
63 x 80
75 x 65
75 x 80
90 x 80
90 x 100
110 x 100
110 x 125
H
99
99
124
124
142
142
175
175
210
D
150
165
165
185
185
185
185
220
220
Dp
110
125
125
145
145
145
145
180
180
NO. OF
S HOLES
18 4
18 4
18 4
18 4
18 8
18 8
18 8
18 8
18 8
CONFORMS TO METAL
FLANGE PLASSON
DESIGNATION
PL - 50 X 11/2"I.S.O
PL - 50 X 2" I.S.O
PL- 63/75 X 2" I.S.O
PL - 63 X 21/2“ I.S.O
PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O
PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O
PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O
PL - 90 X 4" I.S.O
PL - 90 X 4" I.S.O
PN 16
CODE
kg
69512
0.217
62821
0.230
69513
0.327
62822
0.350
62823
62824
0.462
-
PN 12.5
CODE
kg
69515
69516
69517
69518
0.658
0.741
0.890
PACK
QTY
-
Product Data.73
product.data
Plasson
FLANGED ADAPTORS - WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 17230
d
160 X 125
160 X 150
H
265
265
D
250
285
Dp
210
240
NO. OF
S HOLES
18
8
22
8
CONFORMS TO METAL
FLANGE PLASSON DESIGNATION
PL - 125/160 X 125 I.S.O
PL - 125/160 X 150 I.S.O
PN 10
CODE
62825
62826
kg
4.628
4.811
PACK
QTY
-
SHOULDERED ADAPTORS 7320
PN16
d
50 x 50
63 x 50
90 x 100
110 x 100
E
96
113
154
179
H
138
170
227
256
I
108
109
185
214
L
16
16
16
16
B
67
67
123
123
CODE
69026
69028
-
L
17.5
B
175
CODE
62827
kg
0.292
0.437
PN12.5
CODE
kg
69030
1.240
69032
1.902
PACK
QTY
-
SHOULDERED ADAPTOR 17320
PN 10
d
160 x 150
Product Data.74
E
280
H
304
I
204
kg
4.700
PACK
QTY
-
product.data
Plasson
END PLUGS 7120
PN 16
d
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
E
54
64
82
96
113
134
154
179
I
76
81
88
109
133
155
200
214
H
82
87
98
116
140
165
209
232
CODE
69264
69266
69268
69270
69272
-
kg
0.075
0.108
0.192
0.269
0.410
PN 12.5
CODE
kg
69274
0.731
69276
1.082
69278
1.928
PACK
QTY
10
5
-
PLUG ADAPTORS 7129
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
E
48
54
64
82
96
113
H
47
51
56
74
85
96
CODE
69470
69472
69474
69509
69510
69511
kg
0.005
0.007
0.015
0.024
0.038
0.076
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
-
Product Data.75
product.data
Plasson
COUPLING - WITH RISER 7810
PN16
dxGxd
40 x 20 x 40
50 x 20 x 50
50 x 25 x 50
63 x 20 x 63
63 x 25 x 63
75 x 20 x 75
75 x 25 x 75
E
82
96
96
113
113
134
134
H
216
244
244
270
270
310
310
I
89
98
98
110
110
130
130
I2
18
18
20
18
20
18
20
A
85
90
90
95
95
105
105
CODE
69122
69124
69126
69128
69130
-
E1
39
39
48
54
I
50
58
58
58
I1
50
51
58
58
I2
18
18
18
18
A
98
104
115
125
kg
0.372
0.525
0.550
0.781
0.821
PN12.5
CODE
kg
69132
1.123
69134
1.259
PACK
QTY
-
PN 16
CODE
62801
62802
62803
69495
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
5
Y FITTING 7550
dxdxG
16 x 16 x 20
20 x 16 x 20
20 x 20 x 20
25 x 25 x 20
Product Data.76
E
39
48
48
54
A1
98
100
115
125
kg
0.075
0.103
0.130
0.154
product.data
Plasson
CROSS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7540
PN 16
dxG
E
20 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 20 48
H
151
I
58
I2
21
A
34
CODE
62828
kg
0.204
PACK
QTY
5
TEE STABILIZER - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7240
PN 16
dxG
16 x 15 x 16
20 x 20 x 20
25 x 20 x 25
E
39
48
54
H
271
278
284
I
50
54
55
I2
18
20
20
A
151
151
151
CODE
62829
62830
62831
kg
0.296
0.322
0.344
PACK
QTY
-
Product Data.77
product.data
Plasson
ADAPTOR – WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE & NUT 7250
PN 16
dxG
32 x 15
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
63 x 25
63 x 32
63 x 40
63 x 50
63 x 65
75 x 40
75 x 50
75 x 65
75 x 80
E
64
64
64
82
82
82
96
96
96
96
113
113
113
113
113
134
134
134
134
H
85.0
86.0
86.5
94.5
96.0
96.0
96.0
100.0
100.0
103.0
108.0
111.0
111.0
114.0
116.0
128.0
132.0
134.0
137.0
I2
16.5
17.5
19.5
19.5
22.0
22.0
19.5
22.0
22.0
26.0
19.0
22.0
22.0
26.0
29.0
22.0
26.0
29.0
33.0
CODE
69390
69392
69394
69396
69398
69400
69402
69404
69406
69408
69410
69412
69414
69416
69418
-
kg
0.035
0.034
0.037
0.054
0.060
0.056
0.079
0.080
0.081
0.089
0.127
0.129
0.129
0.135
0.149
PN 12.5
CODE
69420
69422
69424
69426
kg
0.202
0.208
0.202
0.237
PACK
QTY
-
NUT - (PP) FOR THREADED ADAPTOR 7894
SIZE
32
40
50
63
75
Product Data.78
CODE
69430
69432
69434
69436
69438
kg
31
52
68
101
192
PACK QTY
-
NOTE: The 7894 NUT is used (and pictured above) with the 7890
THREADED ADAPTOR. When ordering, please enter two codes
on your order, one for the chosen THREADED ADAPTOR and one
for the relevant NUT.
product.data
Plasson
POLY TO COPPER CONNECTOR 7119
25 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 20
71425
71426
64002
POLY TO COPPER TEE 7349
25 x 15
25 x 20
71427
71428
POLY TO COPPER ELBOW 7519
25 x 15
25 x 20
71429
71430
POLY TO COPPER KIT* 7439
20 x 15
25 x 20
71423 Kit
71424 Kit
*15 NB Copper Kit fits any 20mm Plasson end. 20 NB Copper Kit fits any 25mm Plasson end.
Kit contains copper coloured nut, rubber liner, SS ring and copper coloured cone.
Product Data.79
product.data
Plasson
NUT - PP 7004
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
E
39
48
54
64
82
96
113
134
154
179
H
40
45
46
51
63
71
84
104
129
165
I2
23
26
26
30
34
33
38
53
73
92
CODE
71590
71591
71592
71593
71594
71595
71596
71597
71598
71599
71589
kg
0.012
0.022
0.029
0.043
0.070
0.105
0.159
0.284
0.464
0.814
PACK QTY
-
WRENCH 7990
SIZE
d40 - d75
d63 - d125
CODE
69500
69502
kg
0.276
0.980
PACK QTY
1
1
For closing and tightening the PP nuts of Plasson fittings.
It is important when closing the nut on Plasson fittings that the
nut is NOT OVER - TIGHTENED as the nut can be deformed - this
may result in a pipe blowing or pulling out of a fitting.
CHAMFER TOOL - FOR PE PIPES 7960
SIZE
16 - 63 mm
Product Data.80
CODE
69499
kg
0.345
PACK QTY
1
For overall pipe diameters from 16 to 63 mm.
The tool operates like a pencil sharpener and it is
important to chamfer pipes from 40 to 63 mm to ease
jointing pressures.
product.data
Plasson
O-RINGS 7002, 7920, 7910
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
160
E1
15.0
19.2
24.0
31.0
39.0
49.0
62.0
74.0
89.0
108.0
122.2
158.0
e
3
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
9
10
12
7002
O - RING (Nitrile) NBR
CODE
grams PACK QTY
83808
0.5
100
83810
0.6
100
83812
1.3
100
83814
2.6
100
83816
5.0
50
83818
8.2
50
83820
10.2
50
83822
16.0
20
83824
18.4
20
83826
27.8
20
83828
50.0
10
83829
74.3
Standard ring
supplied with fittings.
7920
7910
O - RING VITON (FPM) *
O - RING (EPDM) **
CODE
grams PACK QTY CODE
grams PACK QTY
83830
0.4
100
83831
0.9
83832
0.6
100
83833
2.2
83834
1.2
100
83835
4.3
83836
2.5
100
83837
7.5
83838
4.5
83839
12.9
83840
7.6
83841
15.7
83842
9.9
83843
23.7
83844
16.0
83845
28.5
83846
18.4
83847
43.5
83848
39.8
*distinguished by a
** distinguished by a
white mark.
blue mark.
These rings have a better chemical resistance
than NBR. When these rings are used the use
of CPVC split rings ( 7008 ) will usually be required.
Product Data.81
product.data
Plasson
SPLIT RINGS 7003 and 7008
d
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
125
E
23.0
31.0
36.0
45.0
55.0
67.0
83.0
96.5
114.5
135.5
160.5
H
12.3
12.0
12.0
19.0
24.0
32.0
40.0
40.0
56.5
56.5
72.0
7003 Acetal (POM)
CODE
kg
69439
1.8
69441
3.6
69443
4.7
69445
9.6
69447
15.6
69449
27.3
69451
47.0
69453
63.0
69455
111.0
69457
151.0
69459
291.0
Standard split ring
supplied with fittings
Milky white colour
7008 C-PVC
CODE
kg
69440
2.6
69442
4.2
69444
5.2
69446
11.4
69448
19.0
69450
32.0
69452
53.0
69454
71.0
69456
126.0
69458
150.0
Used in place of 7003
in acidic or aggressive
chemical environments
Yellow/brown colour
PACK
QTY
100
100
100
50
50
20
10
-
INSERTS - PP 7005
d
D
75
94
90
116
110
138
125 upper 164
125 lower 142
H
23.0
32.0
36.0
48.0
17.6
Product Data.82
CODE
62832
62833
62834
62835
62836
kg
31
56
81
154
43
PACK QTY
-
product.data
Compression Fittings – Metric & Rural
Plasson
CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL 7982
SIZE
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
CODE
71418
71419
71420
71421
71422
kg
PACK QTY
25
20
10
5
5
CONVERSION KIT - IMPERIAL TO METRIC 7980
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
71411
71412
71413
71414
71415
25
20
10
5
5
CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL C
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
68175
68176
68177
1
1
1
CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL D
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
68178
68179
68176
68183
1
1
1
1
Product Data.83
product.data
Tapping Saddles
Plasson
SINGLE TAPPING SADDLES WITH S/STEEL REINFORCING RINGS 16076
PN 16
d
20
25
25
32
32
32
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
75
75
75
75
75
75
90
90
90
90
90
90
110
110
110
110
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
140
140
140
140
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
180
G
15
15
20
15
20
25
15
20
25
15
20
25
32
15
20
25
32
40
15
20
25
32
40
50
15
20
25
32
40
50
15
20
25
32
40
50
20
25
32
40
50
25
32
40
50
25
32
40
50
25
32
40
50
B
10.0
14.5
14.5
16.0
19.0
19.0
16.0
19.0
25.0
16.0
21.0
25.0
25.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
39.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
40.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
L
70
75
75
92
92
92
92
92
92
106
106
106
106
116
116
116
116
116
122
122
122
122
122
122
141
141
141
141
141
141
165
165
165
165
165
165
184
184
184
184
184
201
201
201
201
223
223
223
223
H
45
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
73
73
73
73
84
84
84
84
84
98
98
98
98
98
98
105
105
105
105
105
105
116
116
116
116
116
116
124
124
124
124
124
136
136
136
136
145
145
145
145
A
32.7
35.5
36.5
40.0
41.0
42.0
44.5
45.5
49.0
50.8
51.8
54.3
58.3
57.8
58.8
61.3
66.0
66.5
63.8
64.8
67.3
72.0
72.5
77.5
71.5
72.5
75.0
80.0
81.0
86.0
83.0
84.0
86.5
91.0
92.0
97.0
91.0
93.5
98.0
99.0
104.0
101.0
106.0
106.6
111.6
111.5
116.5
117.5
122.5
Bolt Dim.
6 X 30
6 X 30
6 X 30
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 45
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 60
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
8 X 70
CODE
68528
-
kg
PN 12.5
CODE
kg
68500
65
68502
72
68504
75
68506
132
68508
134
68510
140
68512
140
68514
142
68516
150
68518
179
68520
180
68522
188
68524
210
68526
278
280
68530
68532
68534
68536
68538
68548
68550
68560
68562
68572
68574
-
288
308
322
370
372
454
453
563
563
749
755
PN 10
CODE
68540
68542
68544
68546
68552
68554
68556
68558
68564
68566
68568
68570
68576
68578
68580
68582
68584
68586
68588
68594
68596
68598
68600
64003
64004
64005
64006
kg
2
B
O
L
T
S
376
399
409
433
461
481
494
511
4
B
O
L
T
S
568
587
599
615
775
781
797
893
911
923
938
1089
1061
1071
1080
6
B
O
L
T
S
The nuts and bolts are made of galvanized steel. The O-rings of NBR rubber. Stainless steel nuts and bolts can be supplied as can FPM and EPDM O-rings but are
subject to special pricing and delivery arrangements.
Product Data.84
product.data
Tapping Saddles
Plasson
TAPPING SADDLES WITH S/STEEL REINFORCING RING NUTS & BOLTS 16077
PN 16
PN 12.5
PN 10
d
G
B
L
H
A
Bolt Dim.
CODE
kg
CODE
kg
CODE
kg
20
15
10.0
70
45
32.7 6 X 30
64052
65
25
15
14.5
75
50
35.5 6 X 30
68501
72
25
20
14.5
75
50
36.5 6 X 30
68505
75
32
15
16.0
92
60
40.0 8 X 45
68507
132
32
20
19.0
92
60
41.0 8 X 45
68509
134
32
25
19.0
92
60
42.0 8 X 45
68511
140
40
15
16.0
92
60
44.5 8 X 45
68513
140
40
20
19.0
92
60
45.5 8 X 45
68515
142
40
25
25.0
92
60
49.0 8 X 45
68517
150
50
15
16.0
106
73
50.8 8 X 45
68519
179
50
20
21.0
106
73
51.8 8 X 45
68521
180
50
25
25.0
106
73
54.3 8 X 45
68523
188
50
32
25.0
106
73
58.3 8 X 45
68525
210
63
15
16.0
116
84
57.8 8 X 45
68527
278
63
20
20.0
116
84
58.8 8 X 45
68529
280
63
25
25.0
116
84
61.3 8 X 45
68531
288
63
32
32.0
116
84
66.0 8 X 45
68533
308
63
40
39.0
116
84
66.5 8 X 45
68535
322
75
15
16.0
122
98
63.8 8 X 60
68537
370
75
20
20.0
122
98
64.8 8 X 60
68539
372
75
25
25.0
122
98
67.3 8 X 60
68541
376
75
32
32.0
122
98
72.0 8 X 60
68543
399
75
40
40.0
122
98
72.5 8 X 60
68545
409
75
50
40.0
122
98
77.5 8 X 60
68547
433
90
15
16.0
141
105
71.5 8 X 60
68549
454
90
20
20.0
141
105
72.5 8 X 60
68551
453
90
25
25.0
141
105
75.0 8 X 60
68553
461
90
32
32.0
141
105
80.0 8 X 60
68555
481
90
40
40.0
141
105
81.0 8 X 60
68557
494
90
50
50.0
141
105
86.0 8 X 60
68559
511
110
15
16.0
165
116
83.0 8 X 60
68561
563
110
20
20.0
165
116
84.0 8 X 60
68563
563
110
25
25.0
165
116
86.5 8 X 60
68565
568
110
32
32.0
165
116
91.0 8 X 60
68567
587
110
40
40.0
165
116
92.0 8 X 60
68569
599
110
50
50.0
165
116
97.0 8 X 60
68571
615
125
20
20.0
184
124
91.0 8 X 70
68573
749
125
25
25.0
184
124
93.5 8 X 70
68575
755
125
32
32.0
184
124
98.0 8 X 70
68577
775
125
40
40.0
184
124
99.0 8 X 70
68579
781
125
50
50.0
184
124
104.0 8 X 70
68581
797
140
25
25.0
201
136
101.0 8 X 70
68583
893
140
32
32.0
201
136
106.0 8 X 70
68585
911
140
40
40.0
201
136
106.6 8 X 70
68587
923
140
50
50.0
201
136
111.6 8 X 70
68589
938
160
25
25.0
223
145
111.5 8 X 70
68595
1089
160
32
32.0
223
145
116.5 8 X 70
68597
1061
160
40
40.0
223
145
117.5 8 X 70
68599
1071
160
50
50.0
223
145
122.5 8 X 70
68601
1080
180
25
64007
180
32
68605
180
40
64008
180
50
64009
The nuts and bolts are made of 306 stainless steel. The O-rings of NBR rubber. Stainless steel nuts and bolts can be supplied as can FPM and EPDM O-rings but are
subject to special pricing and delivery arrangements.
2
B
O
L
T
S
4
B
O
L
T
S
6
B
O
L
T
Product Data.85
product.data
Tapping Saddles
Plasson
COMPRESSION SADDLE 6810
dxd
90 x 50
110 x 50
140 x 50
160 x 50
CODE
64010
64011
64012
64013
THREADED ADAPTOR 6933
dxd
50 x 32
50 x 40
Female BSP adaptor, fits 50mm compression end
Product Data.86
CODE
64014
64015
product.data
Tapping Saddles
Plasson
TAPPER SWIVEL TEE FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPE Blue Ring 6530
dxd
63 x 25
63 x 32
75 x 25
75 x 32
90 x 25
90 x 32
110 x 25
110 x 32
125 x 25
125 x 32
140 x 25
140 x 32
160 x 25
160 x 32
180 x 25
180 x 32
H
106
111
106
111
106
111
106
111
106
111
106
111
106
111
106
111
B
116
116
122
122
141
141
165
165
184
184
201
201
223
223
245
245
H1
57
57
57
57
58
58
59
59
58
58
59
59
59
59
60
60
H2
130
130
130
130
131
131
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
133
133
CODE
68645
68650
68655
68660
68665
68670
68675
68680
68685
68690
68695
68700
68705
68710
68715
68720
TAPPER SWIVEL TEE TO SUIT PVC PIPE Grey Ring 6540
dxd
125 x 25
125 x 32
150 x 25
150 x 32
H
106
111
106
111
B
201
201
223
223
H1
59
59
59
59
H2
132
132
132
132
CODE
68687
68692
68707
68712
AS/NZS1477 Series 1
TAPPER SWIVEL TEE – PVC VINYL IRON Grey Ring 6542
dxd
100 x 25
100 x 32
150 x 25
150 x 32
H
106
111
106
111
B
184
184
245
245
H1
58
58
60
60
H2
131
131
133
133
CODE
68677
68682
68706
68711
AS/NZS1477 Series 2 & AS/NZS4441 (Int.) Series 2
Product Data.87
product.data
Plasson
ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR Compression Inlet/Outlet) 3046
dxd
32 x 32
E
64
H
254
I
70
A
140
CODE
86225
PN 10
kg
0.438
PACK QTY
1
CODE
68725
68730
68735
PN10
kg
0.160
0.190
0.250
PACK QTY
1
1
1
COMPRESSION STOPCOCK 3406
dxd
20
25
32
E
48
54
64
H
149
157
178
A
88
88
88
ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR O Ring, Threaded Inlet/Outlet BSP Male) 3047
dxd
15 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
E
134
151
170
200
225
254
Product Data.88
I2
16
18
20
22
22
26
A
113
121
140
180
207
246
CODE
64000
86200
86202
86204
86206
86208
PN10
kg
0.136
0.191
0.280
0.733
0.474
1.186
PACK QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
product.data
Plasson
ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR Threaded Inlet/Compression Outlet) 3048
Gxd
15 x 20
20 x 25
25 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 63
E
48
54
64
82
96
113
H
172
187
212
258
296
338
I
58
60
70
86
98
112
I2
16
8
20
22
22
26
A
113
121
140
180
207
246
CODE
86201
86203
86205
86207
86218
86215
PN10
kg
0.176
0.238
0.360
0.618
0.939
1.518
PACK QTY
ANGLE SEAT VALVE (FPM Threaded Inlet/Outlet) 3049
Gxd
15 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
H
134
151
170
200
225
254
I2
16
18
20
22
22
26
A
113
121
140
180
207
246
CODE
89219
86220
86226
86224
86226
86228
PN10
kg
0.136
0.191
0.280
0.733
0.474
1.186
PACK QTY
CHECK VALVE (EPDM Threaded Inlet/Outlet) 3067
Gxd
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
H
151
170
200
225
254
I2
18
20
22
22
26
A
92
106
134
155
182
CODE
86230
86232
86234
86236
86238
PN10
kg
0.152
0.229
0.389
0.586
0.975
PACK QTY
Product Data.89
product.data
Plasson
QUICK COUPLING VALVE (Spring of stainless steel VA2) 3039
G
20
25
H
146
148
PN 10
CODE
kg
69490
0.144
69492
0.148
I2
17
18
PACK
QTY
5
5
KEY - FOR QUICK COUPLING VALVE 3139
PN 10
G
20
H
173
I2
18
CODE
69494
kg
0.066
PACK
QTY
5
TWO WAY VALVE INLET AND OUTLET FEMALE THREADED 3405
GxG
20 x 20
25 x 25
H
78
82
Product Data.90
I2
18
20
A
92
92
PN 10
CODE
kg
69487
0.115
69488
0.129
PACK
QTY
5
5
product.data
COUPLINGS 7012
SIZE
15
20
25
32
40
50
CODE
69060
68004
68008
68012
68016
68020
kg
0.052
0.102
0.132
0.218
0.393
0.543
PACK QTY
10
10
10
5
5
2
kg
0.074
0.096
0.105
0.149
0.172
0.261
0.299
0.342
0.384
0.468
PACK QTY
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
REDUCING COUPLINGS 7112
SIZE
20 x 15
25 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
CODE
68002
68005
68006
68009
68010
68013
68014
68019
68017
68018
Product Data.91
product.data
90° ELBOWS 7052
SIZE
15
20
25
32
40
50
CODE
69280
68114
68116
68118
68120
68122
kg
0.108
0.141
0.162
0.297
0.405
PACK QTY
10
10
10
5
5
2
45° ELBOWS 7462
SIZE
40
50
CODE
69524
69525
kg
PACK QTY
5
2
CODE
69140
68070
68074
68078
68080
68082
kg
PACK QTY
10
10
10
5
5
2
90° TEES 7042
SIZE
15
20
25
32
40
50
Product Data.92
0.161
0.213
0.342
0.623
0.835
product.data
90° REDUCING TEES 7342
SIZE
20 x 20 x 15
25 x 25 x 20
32 x 32 x 25
40 x 40 x 32
50 x 50 x 25
50 x 50 x 32
50 x 50 x 40
CODE
68068
68073
68076
68079
68085
68077
68081
kg
0.185
0.284
0.517
PACK QTY
10
10
5
2
0.751
2
90° TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7142
SIZE
15 x 15 x 15
15 x 15 x 20
20 x 20 x 20
20 x 15 x 20
20 x 20 x 15
25 x 20 x 20
25 x 25 x 15
25 x 25 x 20
*25 x 25 x 25
25 x 25 x 32
32 x 25 x 25
32 x 32 x 20
32 x 32 x 25
*32 x 32 x 32
*32 x 32 x 40
40 x 40 x 25
*40 x 40 x 32
*40 x 40 x 40
*40 x 40 x 50
*50 x 50 x 40
*50 x 50 x 50
CODE
69202
69204
68088
68087
68086
68091
68090
68092
68094
68093
68095
68097
68096
68098
68099
68101
68100
68102
68103
68104
68106
kg
0.070
0.070
0.114
0.114
0.114
0.130
0.164
0.130
0.174
0.205
0.196
0.243
0.244
0.273
0.295
0.416
0.426
0.444
0.493
0.669
0.681
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
* Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring.
Product Data.93
product.data
90° TEES - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7842
SIZE
20 x 20 x 15
20 x 20 x 20
25 x 1' x 15
25 x 25 x 20
32 x 32 x 25
40 x 40 x 32
40 x 40 x 40
50 x 50 x 32
50 x 50 x 40
CODE
68180
68182
68108
68110
68184
68186
68188
68189
68190
kg
0.108
0.117
0.139
0.142
0.236
0.369
0.369
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
5
2
2
0.600
2
90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7152
SIZE
15 x 15
20 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 20
32 x 25
*32 x 32
40 x 25
*40 x 32
*40 x 40
*40 x 50
50 x 25
*50 x 32
50 x 40
*50 x 50
CODE
69342
68126
68128
68132
68134
68135
68136
68138
68139
68140
68142
68143
68145
68147
68144
68146
kg
0.050
0.064
0.072
0.088
0.096
0.158
0.148
0.171
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
0.297
0.307
0.317
5
5
5
0.361
2
0.403
2
* Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring.
Product Data.94
product.data
SIZE
20 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 15
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
CODE
68160
68162
68163
68164
68165
68166
68167
68169
68168
68170
68171
68172
68174
kg
0.072
0.067
PACK QTY
10
10
0.085
10
0.143
5
0.278
0.270
5
5
5
5
45° ELBOW - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7452
SIZE
15
20
CODE
68113
68112
kg
PACK QTY
10
10
CODE
62849
62850
62851
62852
kg
0.085
0.126
0.229
0.324
PACK QTY
10
5
5
5
END PLUGS 7122
SIZE
25
32
40
50
Product Data.95
product.data
MALE THREADED ADAPTORS 7022
SIZE
15 x 15
15 x 20
20 x 15
20 x 20
20 x 25
25 x 15
25 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 20
32 x 25
32 x 32
32 x 40
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
40 x 50
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
CODE
68902
68904
68024
68026
68025
68027
68028
68030
68031
68032
68034
68033
68035
68036
68038
68037
62841
68039
68040
68042
kg
0.064
0.065
0.063
0.078
0.076
0.075
0.116
0.136
0.158
0.142
0.219
0.225
0.238
0.241
0.312
0.312
0.313
0.325
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
FEMALE THREADED ADAPTORS 7032
SIZE
CODE
15 x 15
68970
15 x 20
68972
20 x 15
68048
20 x 20
68050
20 x 25
68051
25 x 20
68052
25 x 25
68054
32 x 20
68055
32 x 25
68056
*32 x 32
68058
40 x 25
68059
*40 x 32
68060
*40 x 40
68062
50 x 32
68063
*50 x 40
68064
*50 x 50
68066
*Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring.
Product Data.96
kg
62
16
73
80
80
116
117
168
210
225
249
268
306
320
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
product.data
Use to seal any metric
or rural compression fitting
BLANKING PLUG (outlet seal) 7129
SIZE
20
25
32
40
50
CODE
69470
69472
69474
69509
69510
PACK QTY
1
1
1
1
1
ADAPTOR - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE & NUT 7250
SIZE
32 x 15
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 25
40 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
50 x 50
CODE
69390
69392
69394
69396
69398
69400
69402
69404
69406
69408
PACK QTY
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CONVERSION KIT – RURAL TO METRIC 7980
SIZE
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
CODE
71411
71412
71413
71414
71415
PACK QTY
Product Data.97
product.data
CONVERSION KIT – METRIC TO RURAL 7982
SIZE
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
CODE
71418
71419
71420
71421
71422
PACK QTY
CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL C
SIZE
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
CODE
68175
68176
68177
PACK QTY
1
1
1
CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL D
SIZE
25 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 40
CODE
68178
68179
68176
68183
PACK QTY
1
1
1
1
RURAL TAPPING SADDLE 16026
SIZE
50 x 20
50 x 25
2 bolts
Product Data.98
CODE
68156
68158
PACK QTY
product.data
Threaded Fittings – Polypropylene
Plasson
THREADED NIPPLES 5067
PN 10
GxG
15 x 15
20 x 20
25 x 25
32 x 32
40 x 40
50 x 50
H
45
49
55
60
61
71
I2
15
17
19
22
22
26
CODE
68248
68252
68256
68260
68264
68268
kg
0.008
0.012
0.023
0.035
0.048
0.078
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
REDUCING NIPPLES 5065
PN 10
G x G1
20 x 15
25 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 15
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 15
40 x 20
40 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 15
50 x 20
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
H
46.50
49.50
49.50
53.00
54.00
56.00
54.00
55.00
57.00
59.00
57.50
58.50
60.50
63.00
63.00
I
16.50
18.50
18.50
21.00
21.00
21.00
21.00
21.00
21.00
21.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
I2
15.50
15.50
16.50
15.50
16.50
18.50
15.50
16.50
18.50
21.00
15.50
16.50
18.50
21.00
21.00
CODE
68250
68251
68254
68255
68257
68258
68261
68253
68259
68262
68267
68269
68263
68265
68266
kg
0.011
0.017
0.018
0.028
0.029
0.031
0.035
0.034
0.037
0.040
0.051
0.052
0.054
0.058
0.059
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Data.99
product.data
Plasson
THREADED SOCKETS 5017
PN 6.3
G1
15
20
25
32
40
50
H
39
41
45
54
54
65
I2
17.0
18.5
21.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
CODE
68270
68272
68274
68276
68278
68280
kg
0.015
0.020
0.031
0.065
0.076
0.092
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
5
kg
0.65
0.76
0.92
PACK
QTY
70
60
35
THREADED SOCKETS (S/Steel Reinforced) 5016
PN 10
G1
32
40
50
H
54
54
65
I2
25.0
25.0
30.0
CODE
64016
64017
64018
THREADED REDUCING SOCKET 5117
PN 6.3
G X G1
20 X 15
Product Data.100 PE
H
54
I
20
I1
18
CODE
68282
kg
0.025
Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems
product.data
Plasson
THREADED PLUGS 5177
PN 10
G
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
H
24.0
28.5
31.0
34.0
38.0
39.0
44.5
I2
13
16
17
19
22
22
26
CODE
62853
68200
68202
68204
68206
68208
68210
kg
0.005
0.008
0.012
0.017
0.026
0.038
0.060
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
THREADED REDUCING BUSH 5027
PN 10
G x G1
20 x 15
25 x 15
25 x 20
32 x 15
32 x 20
32 x 25
40 x 15
40 x 20
40 x 25
40 x 32
50 x 15
50 x 20
50 x 25
50 x 32
50 x 40
65 x 50
80 x 25
80 x 32
80 x 40
80 x 50
100 x 50
100 x 80
H
30.0
32.0
32.0
36.5
36.5
36.5
36.5
36.5
36.5
36.5
41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
44.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
56.0
56.0
I2
16.5
18.5
18.5
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0
25.0
25.0
26.0
26.0
26.0
29.0
33.0
33.0
33.0
33.0
41.0
41.0
CODE
68212
68214
68216
68217
68218
68220
68221
68222
68224
68226
68227
68228
68230
68232
68234
68242
68243
68238
68239
68246
68244
68245
kg
0.007
0.016
0.012
0.027
0.029
0.021
0.035
0.032
0.033
0.020
0.060
0.060
0.061
0.055
0.044
0.075
0.117
0.119
0.118
0.103
O.238
O.222
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Data.101
product.data
Plasson
THREADED CAPS 5077
PN 6.3
G
15
20
25
32
40
50
E
37.0
41.5
49.5
59.0
64.5
80.0
H
25.0
26.0
31.5
34.0
34.0
39.0
I2
14.5
16.0
19.0
21.5
21.0
25.0
CODE
68286
68288
68290
68292
68294
68296
kg
0.013
0.014
0.027
0.039
0.043
0.078
PACK QTY
10
10
10
10
10
10
THREADED TEES 5047
PN 6.3
G1
15
20
25
32
40
50
H
58
64
81
96
108
130
I2
17
18
21
25
25
30
CODE
68298
68300
68302
68304
68306
68308
kg
0.028
0.039
0.062
0.114
0.157
0.205
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
10
5
THREADED TEES (STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCED) 5046
PN 10
G1
32
40
25
Product Data.102 PE
H
96
108
130
I2
25
25
30
CODE
64022
64023
64024
kg
0.114
0.158
0.205
PACK
QTY
10
10
5
product.data
Plasson
90° THREADED ELBOWS 5057
PN 6.3
G1
15
20
25
32
40
50
A
29.0
32.0
40.5
48.0
54.0
65.0
I2
17
18
21
25
25
30
CODE
68310
68312
68314
68316
68318
68320
kg
0.022
0.031
0.045
0.087
0.116
0.157
PACK
QTY
10
10
10
10
5
5
90° THREADED ELBOWS (STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCED) 5056
PN 6.3
G1
32
40
50
A
48.0
54.0
65.0
I2
25
25
30
CODE
64019
64020
64021
kg
0.087
0.116
0.157
PACK
QTY
10
5
5
Product Data.103
product.data
Vinidexair Compressed
Air Pipe and
COMPRESSED
AIRFittings
PIPES
T
O.D.
PE 100 POLYETHYLENE BLUE
PN 16
OD
T
LENGTH
mm
mm
metres
20
3.0
6
25
3.7
6
32
4.7
6
40
5.8
6
50
7.3
6
63
9.1
6
90
13.0
6
110
16.0
6
Other sizes and classes available on request.
T = average wall thickness.
Product Data.104 PE
CODE
26722
26723
26724
26725
26726
26727
26728
26729
kg/metre
0.18
0.29
0.47
0.73
1.14
1.79
3.66
5.50
product.data
Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipe and Fittings
agru
90° ELBOWS
PN16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
dsp
30.0 ± 1
35.0 ± 1
40.0 ± 1
53.0 ± 1
64.5 ± 1
81.0 ± 1
113.0 ± 1
133.0 ± 1
k
14.0 ± 1
17.0 ± 1
20.5 ± 1
20.5 ± 1
25.5 ± 1
31.0 ± 1
51.0 ± 1
59.0 ± 1
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
CODE
63811
63812
63813
63814
63815
63816
63817
63818
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
CODE
63819
63820
63821
63822
63823
63824
63825
63826
kg
0.022
0.027
0.046
0.075
0.138
0.230
0.601
0.800
45° ELBOWS
PN16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
dsp
30.0 ± 1
35.0 ± 1
43.5 ± 1
52.5 ± 1
64.5 ± 1
81.0 ± 1
113.0 ± 1
135.0 ± 1
k
11 ± 1
14 ± 1
17 ± 1
21 ± 1
26 ± 1
33 ± 1
46 ± 1
56 ± 1
kg
0.017
0.023
0.039
0.062
0.099
0.179
0.434
0.590
Product Data.105
product.data
Vinidexair
and Fittings
PE100 Compressed
COMPRESSEDAir
AIRPipe
FITTINGS
FOR SOCKET FUSION
agru
TEES
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
dsp
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
43 ± 1
53 ± 1
65 ± 1
81 ± 1
113 ± 1
133 ± 1
I
54.0
63.0
75.0
86.5
101.5
126.0
186.0
210.0
k
11.0 ± 0.5
13.5 ± 0.8
17.0 ± 0.8
21.0 ± 0.8
26.0 ± 0.8
31.0 ± 0.8
50.5 ± 1.0
58.0 ± 1.0
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
t1
16.0
18.1
18.1
20.5
20.5
23.5
23.5
t2
14.5
14.5
16.0
14.5
16.0
14.5
16.0
CODE
63828
63829
63830
63831
63832
63833
63834
63835
kg
0.026
0.037
0.065
0.101
0.202
0.322
0.858
1.073
REDUCING TEES
PN 16
d1/d2
25/20
32/20
32/25
40/20
40/25
50/20
50/25
dsp1
35 ± 1
43 ± 1
43 ± 1
53 ± 1
53 ± 1
65 ± 1
65 ± 1
dsp2
29 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
Product Data.106 PE
I1
68 ± 1
80 ± 1
80 ± 1
90 ± 1
90 ± 1
110 ± 1
110 ± 1
Z1
32.0 ± 1
40.0 ± 1
40.0 ± 1
45.0 ± 1
45.0 ± 1
52.5 ± 1
52.5 ± 1
CODE
63836
63837
63838
63839
63840
63841
63842
kg
0.040
0.057
0.058
0.080
0.106
0.168
0.170
product.data
Vinidexair
Compressed
AirAIR
Pipe
and Fittings
PE100
COMPRESSED
FITTINGS
FOR SOCKET FUSION
agru
SOCKETS
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
dsp
29.0 ± 1
35.0 ± 1
43.0 ± 1
51.0 ± 1
64.0 ± 1
81.0 ± 1
112.5 ± 1
129.0 ± 1
k
3 ± 1.0
3 ± 1.0
3 ± 1.0
3 ± 1.0
3 ± 1.0
3 ± 1.0
5 ± 1.5
5 ± 1.5
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
I
35 ± 1.5
39 ± 1.5
43 ± 1.5
47 ± 1.5
52 ± 1.5
60 ± 1.5
78 ± 1.5
92 ± 1.5
CODE
63843
63844
63845
63846
63847
63848
63849
63850
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
CODE
63851
63852
63853
63854
63855
63856
63857
63858
kg
0.014
0.018
0.027
0.038
0.069
0.125
0.322
0.415
END CAPS
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
dsp
29.8 ± 1.0
34.7 ± 1.0
43.2 ± 1.0
53.0 ± 1.0
65.0 ± 1.0
80.1 ± 1.0
112.5 ± 1.5
132.5 ± 1.5
d2
32.8 ± 1
37.5 ± 1
46.2 ± 1
57.7 ± 1
68.4 ± 1
85.8 ± 1
120.0 ± 1
139.6 ± 1
I
25.0 ± 1.5
28.0 ± 1.5
35.5 ± 1.5
40.0 ± 1.5
48.5 ± 1.5
54.5 ± 1.5
79.0 ± 1.5
93.0 ± 1.5
kg
0.011
0.015
0.023
0.035
0.069
0.133
0.260
0.430
Product Data.107
product.data
Vinidexair
and Fittings
PE100 Compressed
COMPRESSEDAir
AIRPipe
FITTINGS
FOR SOCKET FUSION
agru
REDUCERS
PN 16
d1/d2
25/20
32/20
32/25
40/20
40/25
40/32
50/20
50/25
50/32
50/40
63/25
63/32
63/40
63/50
90/63
110/63
dsp
29 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
43 ± 1
29 ± 1
35 ± 1
43 ± 1
53 ± 1
35 ± 1
43 ± 1
53 ± 1
65 ± 1
81 ± 1
81 ± 1
k
23 ± 1
29 ± 1
27 ± 1
34 ± 1
32 ± 1
30 ± 1
39 ± 1
37 ± 1
35 ± 1
33 ± 1
47 ± 1
45 ± 1
43 ± 1
40 ± 1.5
59 ± 1.5
61 ± 1.5
t
14.5
14.5
16.0
14.5
16.0
18.1
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
27.4
I
38 ± 2
44 ± 2
44 ± 2
48 ± 2
48 ± 2
48 ± 2
55 ± 2
55 ± 2
55 ± 2
55 ± 2
65 ± 2
65 ± 2
65 ± 2
65 ± 2
87 ± 2
89 ± 2
CODE
63868
63869
63870
63871
63872
63873
63874
63875
63876
63877
63878
63879
63880
63881
63882
63883
kg
0.012
0.023
0.019
0.023
0.026
0.030
0.035
0.036
0.039
0.048
0.059
0.062
0.070
0.079
0.191
0.250
FLANGE ADAPTORS
PN16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
90
110
d3
27 ± 1
33 ± 1
41 ± 1
50 ± 1
61 ± 1
75 ± 1
105 ± 1
131 ± 1
d4
45
58
68
78
88
102
138
158
Product Data.108 PE
h
10
10
10
11
12
14
17
18
I
21 ± 1.5
23 ± 1.5
24 ± 1.5
27 ± 1.5
30 ± 1.5
34 ± 1.5
42 ± 1.5
48 ± 1.5
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
20.5
23.5
27.4
35.5
41.5
CODE
63859
63860
63861
63862
63863
63864
63866
63867
GRAMS
0.014
0.024
0.038
0.049
0.067
0.089
0.208
0.289
product.data
Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipe and Fittings
agru
90° BEND- With bracket and female thread, short design with metal insert.
PN 16
d
20
dG
15
dsp
30 ± 1
d1
38 ± 0.5
ls
25
lg
14 ± 0.5
l1
60 ± 1
Z1
35 ± 0.5
Z2
45 ± 1
CODE
63827
kg
0.126
ADAPTOR UNIONS- with female thread with metal insert
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
dG
15
20
25
32
40
50
dsp
42 ± 1
46±1
53±1
lG
15±0.5
18 ± 0.5
20±0.5
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
l1
41±1
41±1
47±1
SW
32
36
41
CODE
63890
63891
63892
63893
63894
63895
kg
0.138
0.149
0.219
ADAPTOR UNIONS- Male thread with metal insert
PN 16
d
20
25
32
40
50
63
dG
15
20
25
32
40
50
dsp
42 ± 1
46 ± 1
53 ± 1
lG
16.0 ± 0.5
19.5 ± 0.5
22.0 ± 0.5
t
14.5
16.0
18.1
l1
52.0 ± 1
59.5 ± 1
65.0 ± 1
SW
32
36
41
CODE
63884
63885
63886
63887
63888
63889
kg
0.165
0.220
0.301
Product Data.109
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
ELECTROFUSION WELDING EQUIPMENT
PLASSON PART NO.
ELECTROFUSION CONTROL BOX
ELECTROFUSION CONTROL BOXES
PF MONOMATIC – 5m lead
PFMONO5DL
PF MONOMATIC – 10m lead
PFMONO10DL
PF MONOMATIC (DATA) – 5m lead
PFMONODATA5DL
PF MONOMATIC (DATA) – 10m lead
PFMONODATA10DL
PF DIGIMATIC TIME – 5m lead
PFDIGITIME5FL
PF DIGIMATIC (DATA) – 5m lead
PFDIGIDATA5DL
PF DIGIMATIC (DATA) – 10m lead
PFDIGIDATA10DL
PF POLYMATIC PLUS (DATA) – 5m lead
PFPOLYPLUS5DL
PF POLYMATIC PLUS (DATA) – 10m lead
PFPOLYPLUS10DL
Spare Parts for Series 35 and Series A60 Models
DATA RETRIEVAL PRINTER (for use with Electrofusion Control Box 29000000) 29000005
OUTPUT LEADS (for Electrofusion Control Box) - 5m
29000050
29000100
29000150
CODE
63617
71103
71108
71107
71106
63551
63552
63553
63554
PIPE SCRAPERS
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
MINISCRAPER - 20 mm
MINISCRAPER - 25 mm
MINISCRAPER - 32 mm
MAXISCRAPER - 40 mm
MAXISCRAPER - 50 mm
MAXISCRAPER - 63 mm
HARRIS HAND SCRAPER - SMALL
HARRIS HAND SCRAPER - LARGE
CALDER SCRAPER 90-250mm
29110020
29110025
29110032
29110040
29110050
29110063
29110001
29110002
2912000
63557
63558
63559
63560
63561
63562
63563
63564
99274
PIPE WIPES (For PE pipe cleaning)
VFPW
99275
CALDER SCRAPER 90-250mm
PIPE WIPES
Product Data.110
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
SADDLE CLAMP COMPONENTS
SADDLE CLAMP KIT NO. 3 (Contains rings for 200, 225, 250 mm)
TOPLOAD G CLAMP (63 - 315 mm)
TOPLOAD G CLAMP (63 - 400 mm)
Note: 50, 80 and 100 Series 3 Gas Pipe Clamps available on request
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
29200005
29263315
GCLAMPSL
62115
62113
62117
SADDLE CLAMP KIT NOS. 1 & 3
SADDLE CLAMP KIT NOS. 1 & 3
TOPLOAD G CLAMP
Product Data.111
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
SERVICE CLAMPS
UNIVERSAL MINICLAMP 16/20/25/32
MAXICLAMP 40mm
MAXICLAMP 50mm
MAXICLAMP 63mm
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
29300032
29300040
29300050
29300063
63579
63580
63581
63582
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
SERVICE CLAMPS
ALIGNMENT CLAMPS
MULTICLAMP KIT - 250mm (Comprising 2 - 250mm Rings mounted on base) 29300250
63584
63585
63548
Reductions. Reductions to sizes 200, 225 and 280mm can be made using Liners from Butt Fusion
Machines (only 4 x 180° segments required).
MAIN CLAMP PARTS
ALIGNMENT CLAMPS
Product Data.112
PLAIN BASE - 460 mm
SLOTTED BASE - 460 mm
RING - 180 mm ( Universal with Dovetail Blocks )
DOVETAIL SLIDE BLOCK
LINER RING - 250 x 225 mm (2 x 180° Segments) for 29300250
LINER RING - 225 x 200 mm (2 x 180° Segments) for 29300250
LINER RING - 180 x 160 mm (2 x 180° Segments)
T BAR (with screws)
SPANNER
ALLEN KEY
ALLEN KEYS FOR LINERS - SET OF 4
METAL TRANSPORTATION BOX
SWIVEL JOINT
SAW
SAW GUIDE
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
29300460
29300461
29300181
29300006
293250225
293225200
293180160
293180140
293180125
293160110
293160075
293125090
293125063
29300010
29300012
29300014
29300016
29300018
29300020
SAW
S. GUIDE
63586
63587
63589
63590
63591
63592
63593
63594
63595
63595
63597
63599
63600
63601
63602
63603
63604
63605
63606
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
HYDRAULIC COILED PIPE JOINERS
Normally used for joining pipe unwound from vertical reels into the trench. Suitable for PE80 pipes up to
SDR11 wall thickness. ( not for use with PE100 pipe - a special coiled pipe joiner is available )
HYDRAULIC COIL JOINER - Pipes 90 - 125 mm ( with hand pump )*
HYDRAULIC COIL JOINER - Pipes 125 - 180 mm ( with hand pump )*
* Liner sets required for intermediate sizes
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
297019125
297125180
63607
63608
COILED PIPE JOINER
COILED PIPE CLAMPS
Has base similar to a Multiclamp Kit and used to manually align pipes unwound from coils lying
horizontally on the ground.
PLASSON PART NO.
COILED PIPE CLAMP
CODE
COILED PIPE CLAMP - 63 mm
297000063
63619
297000075
63620
297000090
63621
297000110AUS
63622
297000125AUS
63623
110mm made with a 125 x 110mm aluminium liner (Code No. BF1L125110) inside a 125mm coiled pipe
clamp - suits both 110 and 125 diameter polyethylene pipe
DRILLS
UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 63mm (use with Multiclamps)
UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 90/125mm (use with Multiclamps)
UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 90/125mm - Squeeze off extension kit
(use with Multiclamps)
NON PRESSURE DRILL - For outlets 63, 90, 125mm
(For use on unpressured lines )
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
BF63DRILL
UPLDDRILL
63624
63625
UPLDDRSQKIT
63626
NPLDDRILL
63627
UNDER PRESSURE DRILL
NON PRESSURE DRILL
Product Data.113
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
SQUEEZE TOOLS
PLASSON PART NO.
SQUEEZE TOOL 16 - 32 mm
For ≤ SDR 11 Pipe
For 3/4", 1", 2"
For SDR 17.6 & SDR 11
All SDR Ratings
All SDR Ratings
CODE
SQT32
SQT63
SQT180
SQT250
SQT355
63628
63629
63630
99172
99173
DEBEADING
EXTERNAL DEBEADER. Debead 90-400 mm
PIPE CUTTING HEAD ASSEMBLY
Fits into External Debeader tool to cut pipe sizes 90-315mm
for all SDR Ratings 11, 17 & 26.
INTERNAL BEAD REMOVAL KIT. Up to 12m insertion
For pipe sizes 110 - 400mm O.D. For S.D.R. 44 to 7.3
(Available as Kit or as single units for specific sizes)
Product Data.114
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
29110400
63565
21858
29110412
63566
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
SQUEEZE OFF
POST SQUEEZE OFF REROUNDING CLAMPS - 63 mm
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
29600063
29600075
29600090
29600110
29600125
29600140
29600160
29600180
29600200
29600225
63631
63632
63633
63634
63635
63636
63637
63638
63639
SQUEEZE OFF
REROUNDING TOOLS
REROUNDING TOOLS
To reround oval pipes for Electrofusion
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
TYPE 1
16 mm
29500016
63640
TYPE 1
20 mm
29500020
63641
TYPE 1
25 mm
29500025
63642
TYPE 1
32 mm
29500032
63643
TYPE 2
40 mm
29500040
63644
TYPE 2
50 mm
29500050
63645
TYPE 2
63 mm
29500063
63646
TYPE 2
75 mm
29500075
63647
TYPE 2
90 mm
29500090
63648
TYPE 2
110 mm
29500110-2
TYPE 2
125 mm
29500125
63649
TYPE 3
110 mm
29500110
63650
TYPE 3
160 mm
29500160
63651
TYPE 3
180 mm
29500180
63652
TYPE 3
200 mm
29500200
63653
TYPE 3
225 mm
29500225
63654
TYPE 3
250 mm
29500250
63655
Note: Rerounding tools also available for imperial pipe 1/2"-4"
110mm made with a 125 x 110mm aluminium liner (Code No. 22211) inside a 125mm tool - suits both 110
and 125 diameter polyethylene pipe
REROUNDING TOOL – TYPE 3
Product Data.115
product.data
Welding Equipment
Plasson
PIPE CUTTERS
SECATEUR PIPE CUTTERS
GUILLOTINE CUTTERS
GUILLOTINE CUTTERS
Up to 32mm
Up to 63mm
Up to 225mm
Up to 315mm
PLASSON PART NO.
CODE
PCS2032
PCS2063
PCG200
PCG315
99104
99174
99105
99106
GUILLOTINE CUTTERS
Product Data.116
product.data
Welding Equipment
Butt Fusion Equipment
BF1 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 50 - 125mm
SEMI AUTOMATIC BUTT FUSION MACHINE
PART NO.
CODE
SEMI AUTOMATIC
BF1MS
Comprising: 180mm Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater
Trimmer Stand, Heater Stand, DSA 23 Hydraulic Power Pack, 2 Ratchet spanners
LINERS (8 HALF SEGMENTS)
125 x 110mm Liner Set
BFL125110
99110
BFL12590
99111
BFL 12565
99112
BFL 12563
99113
BFL 12550
99114
TRIMMER BLADE
BF1.03128
Minimum Generator size 2.0 kVA
Note: Automatic Machines can be converted to semi-automatic function by addition of a DSA 23 or
60 Hydraulic Power Pack and a manual over-ride unit.
The machine will then weld in semi-automatic mode to preset welding parameters – however, data recording of
the welds will not be available.
BF 180 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 63 - 180mm
PART NO.
BF180AFV
CODE
99115
SEMI AUTOMATIC
BF180SFV
Trimmer and Heater Stand, DSA 23 Hydraulic Power Pack, 2 Ratchet Spanners
99116
AUTOMATIC
Comprising: Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater
Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet, Printer
AUTOMATIC BUTT FUSION MACHINE
TRIMMER BLADE
BFL180160
BFL180140
BFL180125
BFL180110
BFL18090
BFL18075
BFL18063
31638
99119
99120
99121
99122
99123
99124
99125
DSA23 HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
DSA23
99126
MANUAL OVERIDE UNIT
MOBB
99127
Product Data.117
product.data
Welding Equipment
PART NO.
CODE
AUTOMATIC
BF250AFV
Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer
99128
SEMI AUTOMATIC
BF250SFV
99129
TRIMMER BLADE
BFL250225
BFL250200
BFL250180
BFL180160
BFL180140
BFL180125
BFL180110
BFL18090
BFL18075
BFL18063
31639
99131
99132
99133
99134
99135
99136
99137
99138
99139
99140
DSA23
99141
MANUAL OVERIDE UNIT
MOBB
99142
Product Data.118
PART NO.
CODE
AUTOMATIC
BF315AFV
Comprising: 315mm Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater,
Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Controller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer
99143
SEMI AUTOMATIC
BF315SFV
99144
TRIMMER BLADE
BFL315280
BFL315250
BFL250225
BFL250200
BFL250180
BFL180160
BFL180140
BFL180125
BFL180110
BFL18090
31638
99147
99148
99149
99150
99151
99152
99153
99154
99155
99156
DSA60
99157
MANUAL OVERIDE UNIT
MOBB
99158
product.data
Welding Equipment
PART NO.
CODE
AUTOMATIC
BF400AV
Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer
99159
SEMI AUTOMATIC
BF400SV
99160
BFL400355
BFL400315
BFL315280
BFL315250
31640
99162
99163
99164
99165
DSA60
99166
MANUAL OVERIDE UNIT
Minimum Generator size 6 kVA
MOBB
99167
TRIMMER BLADE
LF110 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 110 - 25mm. (240v, 1 Phase, 2kVa)
PART NO.
CODE
MANUAL - "Torque Wrench" Lever (non hydraulic)
BF110000L
99051
Comprising: 110mm Machine Complete. Portable Facer with Electric Drill, Portable Electric Heater,
Heater/Facer Stand and a Steel Carry Case (holds all items)
PIPE LINERS (2 Rings)
110-90mm Liner Set
110-75mm Liner Set
110-63mm Liner Set
BF110990
BF110975
BF110963
99082
99084
99086
NARROW FITTINGS CLAMP - Sliding
110-90mm Liner Set
110-75mm Liner Set
110-63mm Liner Set
BF110790
BF110775
BF110763
99083
99085
99087
BF110300
99080
OPTIONS
Narrow Fittings Clamp - Fixed
Fittings Liners (1 Ring)
Product Data.119
product.data
Welding Equipment
HF225 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 225-63mm (240v, 1 Phase, 3kVa)
PART NO.
CODE
MANUAL - Hydraulic Pump
BF225000H
99326
Heater/Facer Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds accessories only). 2 Wheels
LINERS (2 Rings)
225-200mm Liner Set
225-160mm Liner Set
225-110mm Liner Set
BF225920
BF225916
BF225911
OPTIONS
Electric Hydraulic Conversion Kit
EH225600
99211
99215
99221
EHF225 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 225-63mm (240v, 1 Phase, 3kVa)
PART NO.
CODE
SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric Hydraulic Pump
BF225000E
99327
Heater/Facer Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds accessories only). 2 Wheels
LINERS (4 Rings)
225-200mm Liner Set
225-160mm Liner Set
225-110mm Liner Set
BF225920
BF225916
BF225911
99211
99215
99221
HF350 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 355-90mm (240v, 1 Phase, 5kVa)
PART NO.
MANUAL - Hydraulic Pump
BF350000H
Comprising: 355mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Portable Electric Heater,
Heater Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds liners only). 4 Wheels
Product Data.120 PE
LINERS (2 Rings)
355-315mm Liner Set
355-250mm Liner Set
355-200mm Liner Set
BF350931
BF350925
BF350920
OPTIONS
Electric Hydraulic Conversion Kit
EH350600
CODE
99337
99198
99201
99192
product.data
Welding Equipment
EHF350 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 355-90mm (240v, 1 Phase, 5kVa)
PART NO.
CODE
SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric Hydraulic Pump
BF350000E
Comprising: 355mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Portable Electric Heater,
Heater Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds liners only). 4 Wheels
99325
LINERS (4 Rings)
355-315mm Liner Set
355-250mm Liner Set
355-200mm Liner Set
BF350931
BF350925
BF350920
99436
99438
99440
HF450 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 450 - 225mm (415v, 3 Phase, 10kVa)
PART NO.
SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric-Hydraulic
BF450000E
Comprising: 450mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Mounted Heater and a Fittings Chuck
LINERS (4 Rings)
450-400mm Liner Set
400-355mm Liner Set
355-315mm Liner Set
BF450940
BF450935
BF350931
CODE
99425
99434
99435
99436
HF630 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 630 - 315mm (415v, 3 Phase, 10kVa)
PART NO.
SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric-Hydraulic
BF630000E
Comprising: 630mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Mounted Heater and a Fittings Plate
LINERS (4 Rings)
630-500mm Liner Set
500-450mm Liner Set
450-400mm Liner Set
BF630950
BF630945
BF630940
CODE
99321
99474
99475
99476
Product Data.121

vinidex pe pipe manual

Transcription

Similar documents

Fernco Flexible Coupling Installation - Fernco

Hymax Couplings 1.5

Data Sheet - Carlton

HEA TER TEMPLA TE PROP END

ES-225 for Sewerage Assets™ A4

lfucg follows kytc lead and approves ads and hancor hdpe pipe for

Fernco Flexible Coupling Installation - Fernco

SS653NB - FLO~PRO Performance Exhaust

Product information sheet

Aviva Stadium